<<

Owwnneerr’’ss Maannuuaall

W4/W6/W8/W8(O)

______Issue Date:: February 2019 NOTE: Carefully read, understand and follow the instructions provided in this manual, and keep it in a safe place for future reference. If you have any doubt whatsoever regarding the use or care of your , please visit your Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance or advice. This Owner's Manual should be considered as an integral part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle. ______MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA LTD., GATEWAY BUILDING, APOLLO BUNDER, MUMBAI - 400 039 www.mahindra.com Table of Contents

1 INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ...... 1-1 Front Overview...... 3-1 Introduction...... 1-1 Rear Overview...... 3-2 Safety Symbols ...... 1-2 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 3-3 General Safety Information and Instructions ...... 1-2 4 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW...... 4-1 To Owners of a Mahindra Vehicle...... 1-4 Warning Lamps Overview...... 4-2 Audio/Infotainment Manual ...... 1-6 Warning Lamps ...... 4-4 2 GENERAL ...... 2-1 5 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS...... 5-1 Feature Matrix...... 2-1 Front Seats ...... 5-1 Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Petrol ...... 2-6 Head Restraint...... 5-3 Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Diesel ...... 2-7 Passenger Seat...... 5-4 Dimensions...... 2-8 Rear Seat ...... 5-5 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...... 2-9 Seat Belts ...... 5-9 Engine Number ...... 2-9 Infant and Child Safety...... 5-15 Bulb Specification ...... 2-10 6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) ...... 6-1 Fuses & Relays...... 2-11 ...... 6-1 Changing a Flat Tyre ...... 2-16 Front Airbags...... 6-3 Jack Points...... 2-20 Seat Side and Curtain Airbag (if equipped)...... 6-4 Technical Specifications...... 2-25 Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Switch ...... 6-5 3 OVERVIEW...... 3-1 Airbag System Malfunction Lamp ...... 6-5 Table of Contents

Airbag Inflation/Deployment ...... 6-6 Theft Detent Warning System...... 7-24 Child Restraint and Airbag ...... 6-8 Engine System ...... 7-24 Airbag Deployment ...... 6-9 8 FEATURES AND CONTROL...... 8-1 Airbag Non-deployment...... 6-9 Quadruple Switch...... 8-1 Airbag Replacement ...... 6-12 Mirrors...... 8-4 Self Removing SRS Related Parts ...... 6-12 Interior Rearview Mirror (IRVM) ...... 8-5 Airbag Disposal ...... 6-12 Storage Compartments...... 8-7 Airbag Repair...... 6-12 ...... 8-16 Airbag Maintenance...... 6-12 Horn...... 8-17 7 LOCKS AND KEYS ...... 7-1 Sunroof (if equipped)...... 8-18 Doors...... 7-2 Interior Lamps...... 8-23 Tailgate Safety Release Lever...... 7-4 Microphone...... 8-25 Central Locking System...... 7-5 Power Outlet (12V) ...... 8-25 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System (if equipped)...... 7-7 AUX and USB Ports ...... 8-27 System/Passive Keyless Entry (PKE) (if Exterior Lamps...... 8-27 equipped) ...... 7-12 Wipers...... 8-36 If Smart Key is Lost ...... 7-22 Engine Stop/Start System (ESS)...... 8-40 Battery Replacement for Remote Key/Smart 9 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES ...... 9-1 Key...... 7-23 ...... 9-2 Table of Contents

Speedometer...... 9-2 Smart Key Alerts ...... 9-19 ...... 9-3 Lock Alerts (for W8/W8 (O) only) ...... 9-19 Trip Meter ...... 9-3 Door Open Alerts...... 9-20 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge...... 9-3 Functional Safety Alert ...... 9-21 Fuel Level Gauge ...... 9-4 Warning / Tell-tale Lamps in the Instrument W8/W8(O) Instrument Cluster screen flow...... 9-5 Cluster...... 9-22 W4/W6 instrument cluster screen flow...... 9-6 Warning Lamps in the Instrument Cluster ...... 9-24 Clock Screens (if equipped) ...... 9-7 10 PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM...... 10-1 Outside Ambient Temperature (if equipped)...... 9-7 Front/Rear Obstacle Detection System (if Drive Information (if equipped)...... 9-8 equipped) ...... 10-1 Gear Recommendation ...... 9-9 Parking Assistance System (PAS) – RPAS & FPAS (If Fuel Computer...... 9-9 equipped) ...... 10-2 Digital Speedo Meter (if equipped) ...... 9-10 PAS (RPAS & FPAS) Information on Instrument Cluster Setting (if equipped)...... 9-11 Cluster Screen ...... 10-3 Mood Lighting (if equipped) ...... 9-13 Operation of PAS ...... 10-4 Vehicle Condition Related Warning (W8/W8 (O) Pay Attention ...... 10-5 only)...... 9-14 Limitations of PAS ...... 10-7 Tyre Direction Monitoring System (TDMS)...... 9-17 Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) – Type 1 Steering Mode Control Alerts...... 9-18 (if equipped)...... 10-8 Table of Contents

Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) - Type-2 13 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (if equipped)...... 10-10 (HVAC)...... 13-1 11 REAR VIEW CAMERA (RVC) (if equipped)...... 11-1 HVAC Overview...... 13-2 Feature Description ...... 11-1 Dual Zone Automatic Heater and A/C (if Screen View Selection...... 11-8 equipped) ...... 13-4 Entry and Exit Conditions...... 11-8 Manual Temperature Control (MTC) ...... 13-12 Camera Maintenance...... 11-9 Defogging/Defrosting ...... 13-17 System Limitations...... 11-9 Replacing Air Conditioner Filter...... 13-19 12 STEERING AND ...... 12-1 14 STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE...... 14-1 Steering...... 12-1 Safety Tips - Before Starting Your Vehicle...... 14-1 Steering Mode Control Switch...... 12-3 Starting the Engine...... 14-2 Steering Controls - Audio (if equipped) ...... 12-4 Stopping the Engine ...... 14-3 Brakes ...... 12-5 Exhaust Gases...... 14-4 Activation Upon Crash ...... 12-7 Driving Your Vehicle...... 14-4 Vehicle Breakdown Warning ...... 12-7 Tips for Better Fuel Economy...... 14-8 Anti-Lock System (ABS)...... 12-7 Ignition Switch (if equipped)...... 14-9 Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD)(if Pedals...... 14-10 equipped) ...... 12-8 ...... 14-11 Electronic Stability Program (ESP) (if equipped) ...... 14-14 Table of Contents

Engine Idling ...... 14-15 Opening and Closing the Hood...... 17-4 (if equipped)...... 14-16 Engine Compartment...... 17-6 Fuel...... 14-19 General Maintenance ...... 17-8 15 WHEELS AND TYRES ...... 15-1 In the Engine Compartment ...... 17-9 Tyre Information...... 15-1 Maintenance - Inside the Vehicle ...... 17-13 Tyre Rating...... 15-1 Maintenance - Outside the Vehicle ...... 17-14 Tyre Label (Vehicle Placard)...... 15-3 Battery...... 17-14 Tyre Pressure...... 15-3 Wiper Blades...... 17-15 Tyre Rotation Recommendations...... 15-6 Appearance Care and Protection...... 17-16 Tiretronics (if equipped) ...... 15-8 Air-Conditioning System Maintenance...... 17-20 16 EMERGENCIES...... 16-1 Vehicle Storage...... 17-20 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 16-1 Winter Care...... 17-21 Vehicle Does Not Start - Checks...... 16-1 Bulb Replacements ...... 17-22 Vehicle Overheating...... 16-2 Projector Head Lamp (if equipped)...... 17-24 Jumpstarting ...... 16-3 Service Reminder Alert (if equipped) ...... 17-24 Limp Home Mode ...... 16-7 Maintenance Schedule Chart (Petrol) ...... 17-25 Towing ...... 16-7 Maintenance Schedule Chart (Diesel) ...... 17-28 17 MAINTENANCE ...... 17-1 General Owner's Information ...... 17-1

IINTRODUCTIION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIIONS 1 IINTRODUCTIION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIIONS

1..1 IIntroductiion

Dear Customer, Alternatively, you can contact Authorised Mahindra Dealer at:

Congratulations on purchasing Mahiindra XUV300. Your vehicle has • 1800-209-6006 (Toll free) been designed to provide years of safe and dependable service, as • [email protected] long as it is used and maintained in accordance with the instructions provided in this manual. We extend our best wishes for safe and pleasurable motoring. All persons who will use and/or maintain this vehicle must read, Sincerely, understand and follow all warnings and instructions provided in this manual. This Owner's Manual should be considered an integral part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle. However, nothing MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA LTD in this manual, and none of the safety devices installed in the vehicle, are a substitute for careful operation and common sense. Always make sure that your vehicle is in optimum working order, and take note of the road and weather conditions under which you Serviiciing and Summary Data are using your vehicle. • For all issues concerning the vehicle and for any need of spare If you have any questions concerning the proper use or parts, contact only the Authorised Mahindra Dealer network maintenance of your vehicle, please call your Authorised Mahindra • We recommend you always use genuine Mahindra spare parts Dealer. A list of dealers can be found in the Dealer Directory when performing repairs on the vehicle Supplement. • We suggest that you record the vehicle data in the Warranty and IInformatiion Guiide for future references

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 1-1 IINTRODUCTIION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIIONS 1..2 Safety Symbolls particular attention must be paid for optimum use of the vehicle. Carefully read, understand and follow the safety symbols/ instructions given in this manual. If you see this symbol, it indicates “no,” “do not,” “do not do this,” or “never”. Legend of the Symbolls To emphasise information and procedures regarding safety, use, maintenance, etc., the following symbols are used throughout the manual: 1..3 Generall Safety IInformatiion and IInstructiions DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions provided in this manual could result in failure of the vehicle, an accident and/or WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if serious personal injury. not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. 1. Carefully read, understand and follow the warnings and instructions given in this manual. This manual is an essential part of the product. Keep it in the vehicle’s glove box for future CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if reference. not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury and/or 2. Please note that throughout this manual, reference is made property damage. that “an accident” could occur. An accident could cause you or a bystander to sustain personal injury, or result in property damage. NOTICE indicates important information relevant to the vehicle, 3. Never use a mobile phone or any device with headphone while the vehicle's use or to sections of this manual to which driving. This may take your focus off the road and lead to accidents.

1-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINTRODUCTIION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIIONS

4. Please be advised that many service and repair tasks require have your vehicle regularly inspected by an Authorised specialised knowledge, tools and experience. General Mahindra Dealer or a qualified mechanic. If the inspection mechanical aptitude may not be sufficient to properly service reveals any damage or excessive wear, immediately replace or or repair your vehicle. If you have any doubt whatsoever have the component serviced. regarding the ability to properly service or repair your vehicle, 11. We recommend that you use only genuine parts supplied by please contact your Authorised Mahindra Dealer or a qualified Mahindra. The use of non-Mahindra parts will not be covered technician. by warranty. 5. Inspect the system periodically, checking for cuts, 12. Never crawl under or be in close proximity to the vehicle when frays or wear in the seat belt webbing, or loose buckles, it is lifted off the ground (by a jack), unless the vehicle is retractors, anchors or other loose parts. Damaged parts must properly supported with jack stands, wheel chocks and other be replaced immediately. appropriate safety devices. 6. Always start and operate the engine in a well-ventilated area. If 13. Never attempt any repairs or adjustments to any component in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside. Do not while the vehicle is in motion. Always switch off the engine, and modify or tamper with the exhaust system. wait for the engine to come to a complete stop before 7. Examine tyres for excessive tread wear and uneven wear performing any repairs or adjustments. patterns. Check for stones, nails, glass, or other objects lodged 14. The vehicle identification plates are the only legal identification in the tread and check sidewalls for any cuts, cracks, or other reference, hence it is necessary to keep them in good signs of wear. Replace as necessary. condition. Never modify data on the plates or remove them. 8. Always maintain the safety labels affixed to your vehicle in a The customer is responsible for any possible tampering with good legible condition. the plates, which will immediately void the warranty. 9. All signal lamps, , shields, guards and other protective 15. Do not attempt sharp turns, abrupt manoeuvres, or other safety devices must always remain in place and in good, proper unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control. working condition. When the vehicle is fully loaded, drive at a slow speed, especially when turning. Note that the centre of gravity of the 10. The lifespan of Mahindra products depend on many factors. vehicle changes when the vehicle is fully loaded, and also if Improper use, abuse or harsh use in general may compromise luggage is mounted on the roof carrier. the integrity of the vehicle and significantly reduce its lifespan. The vehicle is also subject to wear over a period of time. Please

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 1-3 IINTRODUCTIION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIIONS 1..4 To Owners of a Mahiindra Vehiiclle this warning, use a handsfree system to ensure that the hands are free to drive the vehicle. Even handsfree do not ensure that due to When first driving the vehicle after long periods of non-use, you may distraction an accident will not happen. experience a temporary drive disturbance. This is a characteristic of the tyres and should be no reason for concern. The condition Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of should correct itself within 5-15 km. of driving. If the disturbance communication equipment in in your country. persists, have the tyres checked by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. Driiviing Long Diistances Driiviing and Allcoholl When you are driving over long distances, follow these tips so that Your driving ability can be seriously impaired by alcohol even if the you have a safe journey: blood alcohol level is far below the legal minimum. Drunken driving • Lack of sleep or fatigue will impact your ability to drive safely is one of the most frequent causes of accidents. • Exercise your eyes by shifting the focus of your eyes to different parts of the road

Never drink and drive. Drinking and driving will lead to an • Use stimulating beverages such as coffee or tea accident resulting in serious personal injury. • Relax and stay calm Driiviing and Drugs/Mediicatiion • Take breaks at regular intervals Your driving ability can be seriously impaired through the use of Protectiing Our Enviironment prescription or non-prescription drugs or medication (even cough syrup). If you are taking any sort of drug or medication, be sure that All of us should play our part in protecting our environment. it will not affect your driving ability. Judicious vehicle usage and ensuring hazardous waste disposal (including cleaning and lubrication fluids) are important steps Mobiille Phones Warniing towards this initiative. Use of electronic devices such as mobile phones, computers, Mahindra vehicles conform to existing emission norms (standards). portable radios or other by the driver while driving is dangerous. In Adhering to the periodical maintenance schedule and using exceptional condition, if use of a mobile phone is necessary despite

1-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINTRODUCTIION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIIONS Mahindra genuine parts will help retain emission of To avoid counterfeit parts and to protect our brand image, the vehicle and is a pre-requisite for emissions warranty coverage. Mahindra genuine parts are packed in a branded carton. Look for the “Mahindra Genuine Parts” logo. Serviiciing If you have any questions concerning the proper use or maintenance of your vehicle, please call your Authorised Mahindra Dealer. A list of dealers can be found in the Dealer Directory Supplement or on the Internet. Any unauthorised modifications or alterations to this vehicle or Alternatively, you can contact us on 1800--209--6006 / failure to use appropriate specification and quality spare parts [email protected].. could seriously affect vehicle roadworthiness and safety leading Runniing--iin to an accident, resulting in serious injury. Driving smoothly during first 1,000 km. will help to prevent Mahiindra Genuiine Accessoriies abnormal and premature system wear. Proper running-in will improve the life of drivetrain and vehicle components. A wide selection of quality accessories are available through your Authorised Mahindra Dealer. These accessories have been A new engine may consume more oil during the first 1,000 km. of specifically engineered to allow you to personalise your vehicle to running. This should be considered as a normal part of break-in and suit your requirements and complement its style and aerodynamic not interpreted as any problem with the engine. appearance. Mahiindra Genuiine Parts Each accessory is made from high quality materials and meets Mahindra's rigid engineering and safety specifications. Every Mahindra uses high quality parts for building the vehicles. Mahindra accessory installed according to the Mahindra installation provisions comes with the respective accessory In the event that any part needs replacement, we recommend that warranty. you use only Mahindra genuine parts. Consult your Authorised Mahindra Dealer for detailed information Non-Mahindra parts may harm vehicle performance and will not be about accessories available for your specific model variant. covered by your Mahindra warranty.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 1-5 IINTRODUCTIION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIIONS

Vehiiclle Safety

For maximum vehicle performance and safety considerations, When leaving your vehicle unoccupied: always keep the following information in mind: • Always remove the ignition key when you park the vehicle • The company does not take any responsibility for • Close all the windows completely and lock all the doors consequential damages / injuries resulting due to fitment of unauthorised aftermarket accessories and / or tapping / • Do not leave any valuables in your vehicle. If you must leave cutting wires in the wiring harness something in your vehicle, hide them and securely lock all the doors • When adding accessories, equipment, passengers and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front and rear axle. Consult 1..5 Audiio/IInfotaiinment Manuall Authorised Mahindra Dealer for specific weight information Please refer the user e-manual in infotainment for details regarding: • Bull bars and nudge guards are not recommended • Audio/Video functions (if equipped) • Accessories causing any change in vehicle specifications like wheel rims, bull bars, etc., may affect the performance of • Bluetooth functions safety systems • Navigation (if equipped) • Mobile communication systems such as two-way radios, • Handsfree usage telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters and installed in your vehicle should comply with • Ecosense (if equipped) the local regulations and should be installed only by your Authorised Mahindra Dealer • Android Auto (if equipped) • Play (if equipped)

1-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL 2 GENERAL the vehicle in the standard form. Please be aware that this manual may apply to various models/variants. As a result you 2..1 Feature Matriix may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle. All the information, illustration, and specifications in this manual are based on the latest product information available at the time of publication. In view of the policy of continuously improving our products, we We recommend you to contact the nearest Authorised reserve the right to alter specifications or designs without prior Mahindra Dealer for latest features applicable to your vehicle. notice and without liability/obligation. Illustrations do not show

FEATURE W4 W6 W8 W8(O) TECHNOLOGY Micro Hybrid Technology (Engine Stop/Start) � � Projector Head Lamps � � Day Time Running Lamp (DRL) � � 18 cm (7”) Colour Touch Screen Infotainment Display with GPS, USB (Audio / Video), Bluetooth with Navigation, GPS Antenna and Inbuilt Compass � � � 10 cm (4") Monochrome Infotainment Display with USB, Bluetooth with Basic Only for Diesel Audio Feature Infotainment System (with Carplay and Android Auto) � � Tiretronics � Reverse Park Assist System � � Rear View Camera � � Front Park Assist System � Auto Rain & Light Sensing Wipers � �

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-1 GENERAL

FEATURE W4 W6 W8 W8(O) Intermittent Rear Wipers � � Intelligent Light Sensing Head Lamps � � Digital Immobiliser � � � � Digital Trip and Tachometer � � � � SMS Read Out � � Voice Recognition System � � Tweeter � � Ecosense � � � Mahindra Bluesense App � � � � Electric Sunroof with Anti-Pinch � Push-Button Start/Stop � � Theft Detent Warning System with Burgler alarm � � COMFORT -Leather � � Gear Shift Knob-Leather � � Steering Mode Control (Normal, Comfort & Sports) � � � � HVAC (Manual) with Electrically operated temperature control � � HVAC with Dual zone Automatic temperature control � � Premium Fabric Seats � � Fabric Seats � � Rear Seat Split (60/40) � � �

2-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL

FEATURE W4 W6 W8 W8(O) Artificial Leather Upholstery � Power-Foldable ORVM’s with Intergrated Indicator � � Power-Adjustable ORVM’s � � IRVM (Day/Night) � � � IRVM (Auto Dimming) � Adjustable Driver's Seat (with Height Adjuster) � � Seat Belts (Pre-Tensioner + Load Limiter) � � � � Seat Belts (Anchor Pre-Tensioner) � � Height Adjustable Seat Belts (Front Row) � � � � Sun Visor with Mirror & Illumination � � STYLE Supervision Cluster with Multi Colour Theme � � Alloy Wheels � Diamond Cut Alloy Wheels � Spare Wheel R16” (Steel) R16 “(Steel) R17” (Steel) R17” (Steel) Full Wheel Caps � Auto Light Control System � � Front Fog Lamps � � Rear Fog Lamps � � High Mounted Stop Lamp � In Spoiler In Spoiler In Spoiler Soft feel Soft feel and Door Trims Non Painted Non Painted Painted Painted

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-3 GENERAL

FEATURE W4 W6 W8 W8(O) 2nd Row with Cupholder � � CONVENIIENCE Steering Mounted Cruise Controls � � Steering Mounted Phone and Audio Controls � � � Power Windows � � � � Power Windows with Driver Side Express Up/Down with Anti-Pinch � � Power Windows with Driver Side Express Down � � Extended Power Window � � � � Flip Key (Remote Key Entry) � Smart Key � � Key Illumination � � Tinted Solar-Reflecting Glass � � � � 12V Accessory Socket � � � � USB Port for Charging � � � � USB Port for Infotainment connectivity � � Rear Wash and Wipe � � Rear De-Mister � � Follow-Me-Home Head Lamps � � � Lead-Me-To-Vehicle Lamps � � � Roof Lamps Rear Only Rear Only Front and Rear Front and Rear Door Ajar Lamps � � Bottle Holder � � � �

2-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL

FEATURE W4 W6 W8 W8(O) Glove Box with Illumination lamp � � SAFETY Airbags (Driver + Passenger) � � � � Knee Airbag (Driver) � Seat Airbag & Curtain Airbags � Front Seats Front Seats Front Seats Seat Belt Reminder for Passenger Seats Front and Rear Only Only Only Seats Speed Sensing Door Lock � � � � Impact Sensing Door Unlock � � � � Passenger Airbag Off Switch � � � � ISOFIX Child Seat Mount � � � � ABS with Electronic Brake-Force Distribution (EBD) � � � � Electronic Stability Program (ESP) with Hill Hold and Brake Assist � � Collapsible Steering and Side Intrusion Beams � � � �

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-5 GENERAL 2..2 Lubriicants & Fuell Recommendatiion Chart - Petroll

Refiilllliing System Speciifiicatiion Lubriicant Capaciity Remarks Always use "MAXIMILE FEO" new generation Mahindra genuine engine oil. This is specially developed for your engine’s optimum performance and fuel efficiency. In extreme cases Special Engine of emergency and non-availability of above oil, we Engiine Oiill MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE FEO" 4.0 litres NEW GENERATION GENUINE ENGINE OIL Fluid suggest Engine Oil meeting minimum API SL SAE 15W-40 specification can be used and replaced at 5,000 km. This alternate oil or other Brand will not provide equivalent performance of above Genuine oil Brand Specific. Don’t use other coolants/water for top-up. In case of MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE ULTRA emergency, coolant meeting JIS K-2234 specification should be used Engiine Coolliing COOL" ~3.0 litres (30% concentration diluted with distilled water) and coolant change (READY-TO–USE COOLANT. NO NEED TO MIX WATER) period to be reduced to 30,000 km In case of genuine oil non-availability, manual transmission oil meeting API GL-4 SAE 80W-90 Special Manual specification is suggested. This alternate oil or MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE SYNTEC F2" 1.75 litres Transaxlle Oiill NEW GENERATION GENUINE TRANSMISSION OIL Transmission other brand may not provide equivalent Fluid performance of recommended genuine oil. Drain Interval should be reduced to 20000km. If Maximile DOT 4 brake fluid is not available and in emergency 1.5 litres conditions, use Brake Fluid Meeting SAE J1703 FMVSS NO.116 DOT MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE DOT 4" (including Brake and Cllutch GENUINE BRAKE FLUID 4 OR IS 8654 TYPE-2 Specification. Change it at 30,000 km or 2 bleeding) years whichever is earlier Petrol fuel conforming to Indian Recommended Fuell standard IS 2796; 2017 BS–IV 42 litres — specification or equivalent

2-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL 2..3 Lubriicants & Fuell Recommendatiion Chart - Diiesell

Refiilllliing System Speciifiicatiion Lubriicant Capaciity Remarks Always use "MAXIMILE FEO" new generation Mahindra genuine engine oil. This is specially developed for your engine’s optimum performance and fuel efficiency. In extreme cases of emergency Special Engine and non-availability of above oil, we suggest Engine Engiine Oiill MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE FEO" 6.0 litres NEW GENERATION GENUINE ENGINE OIL Fluid Oil meeting minimum API CH-4 SAE 15W-40 specification can be used and replaced at 10,000 km. This alternate oil or other Brand will not provide equivalent performance of above Genuine oil Brand Specific. Don’t use other coolants/water for top-up. In case of MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE ULTRA emergency, coolant meeting JIS K-2234 specification should be used Engiine Coolliing COOL" ~3.0 litres (30% concentration diluted with distilled water) and coolant change (READY-TO–USE COOLANT. NO NEED TO MIX WATER) period to be reduced to 30,000 km In case of genuine oil non-availability, manual transmission oil meeting API GL-4 SAE 80W-90 Special Manual specification is suggested. This alternate oil or MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE SYNTEC F2" 1.75 litres Transaxlle Oiill NEW GENERATION GENUINE TRANSMISSION OIL Transmission other brand may not provide equivalent Fluid performance of recommended genuine oil. Drain Interval should be reduced to 20000km. If Maximile DOT 4 brake fluid is not available and in emergency 1.5 litres conditions, use Brake Fluid Meeting SAE J1703 FMVSS NO.116 DOT MAHINDRA "MAXIMILE DOT 4" (including Brake and Cllutch GENUINE BRAKE FLUID 4 OR IS 8654 TYPE-2 Specification. Change it at 30,000 km or 2 bleeding) years whichever is earlier Diesel fuel conforming to Indian Recommended Fuell standard IS 1460; 2017 BS–IV 42 litres — specification or equivalent

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-7 GENERAL 2..4 Diimensiions 2..4..2 Rear Viiew

Diimensiion & Weiights mm Wheell Base 2600 Overallll Length 3995 Overallll Wiidth 1821 Overallll Heiight 1627 Track Wiidth (Front) 1550 Track Wiidth (Rear) 1563

2..4..1 Front Viiew 2..4..3 Siide Viiew

2-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL 2..5 Vehiiclle IIdentiifiicatiion Number (VIIN) 2..6 Engiine Number

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) is the legal identity of your Diesel Petrol vehicle. The vehicle identification number is stamped on the VIN plate riveted on the floor under the driver seat of the vehicle. Flip the cutout provided in the carpet to view the VIN plate.

Engine Number is punched on the engine crank case adjacent to transaxle on the front side. The engine number is also stamped on the VIN plate.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-9 GENERAL 2..7 Bullb Speciifiicatiion

Lamp Bullb Wattage Bullb Type No.. of Bullbs per Vehiiclle

Headlamp High version – High beam H1 55W 12V 55W 2

Headlamp High version – Low beam H7 55W 12V 55W 2

Headlamp Low version High/Low beam H4 55/60W 12V 55/60W 2

Front position lamp – High version LEDs

Front position lamp – Low version W5W 12V 5W 2

Turn signal lamp – Front P21W 12V 21W 2

Front Fog lamp H16 19W 12V 19W 2

Side Turn signal lamp – Low version WY5W 12V 5W 2

Stop lamp LEDs

Rear position lamp LEDs

Turn signal lamp – Rear WY16W 12V 16W 2

Reverse lamp W16W 12V 16W 2

Rear Fog lamp P21W 12V 21W 2

2-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL 2..8 Fuses & Rellays

A fuse is the most common electric protection device. A fuse is placed in an electrical circuit, so that when current flow exceeds the rating of the fuse, it blows off. The element in the fuse melts, opening the circuit and preventing other components of the circuit from being damaged by the over current. The size of the metal fuse element determines the rating. Once a fuse blows off, it must be replaced with a new one. Switch the ignition and all electrical equipment OFF before touching or attempting to change a fuse.

The replacement fuse rating should be the same as the one you are replacing.

You can identify a blown fuse by a break in the filament. All fuses except high current fuses are push fit. A fuse puller Fuse pullller iis avaiillablle at the engiine compartment fuse box.. should be used to remove the fuse from its position.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-11 GGEENNEERRAL 2..8..1 Engiine Comparrttmeennt Fuusse Box Spare fuses are provided in the fuse box for replacement of blown fuses. Ensure the correct rating fuse is replaced with the blown Engine compartment fuse box is located adjacent to vehicle battery. fuse. Fussee Layoouut ::

To open the fuse box cover, press the lock and push the cover back and lift it.

2-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL

FUSES FUSES FUSE NO.. CIIRCUIIT FUSE RATIING FUSE NO.. CIRCUIIT FUSE RATING F1 HORN 15A F27 WP, WGV WP, WGV F2 ENG ECU 15A F28 TAIL LH TAIL LH F3 FUEL PUMP 20A F29 TAIL RH TAIL RH F4 H/LAMP LO 20A F30 LFS LFS F5 ABS 30A RELAY NO.. CIIRCUIIT RELAY TYPE/RATIING F6 WIPER 20A R1 HEAD LAMP HI 12V 20A F7 - - R2 HORN 12V 20A F8 DRL 10A R3 HVAC 12V 20A F9 & 10 - - R4 WIPER HI 12V 20A 5P F11 TCU 15A R5 START 12V 35A F12 - - R6 COOLING FAN HI 12V 35A F13 HVAC 10A R7 GNS 12V 20A F14 RR DEMISTER 30A R8 HEAD LAMP LO 12V 20A FUEL PUMP 12V 20A F15 H/LAMP HI R9 R10 TAIL LAMP 12V 20A F16 TAIL LAMP 15A R11 WIPER LO 12V 20A 5P F17 GNS 15A R12 BLOWER 12V 35A F18 to 20 - - R13 COOLING FAN LO 12V 35A F21 H/LAMP LH H/LAMP LH R14 - - F22 H/LAMP RH H/LAMP RH R15 ENGINE MAIN 40A 4P R16 TAIL LAMP 12V 20A INJECTOR, FUM&HFM INJECTOR, F23 - - FUM&HFM R17 R18 - - F24 VVT-IN & OUT, VOP VVT-IN & OUT, VOP R19 RR DEMISTER 12V 35A F25 IGN COIL IGN COIL R20 - - F26 ORVM ORVM

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-13 GENERAL

2..8..2 IInstrument Panell Fuse Box Fuse Layout ::

This fuse box is located below the Instrument panel on the driver side. To access the fuse box, pull out the top panel as shown in the image.

2-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL

FUSES FUSES FS NO. CIIRCUIIT FUSE RATIING FS NO.. CIRCUIIT FUSE RATING FS1 START 10A FS25 HAZARD,TURN SIGNAL LAMP 15A FS2 INSIDE MIRROR 10A FS26 DOOR LOCK 15A FS3 EPS, RVC, BCM, SMART KEY 10A FS27 - - FS4 A/CON, HTR RLY, AUDIO 10A FS28 RR WIPER 10A FS5 H/LAMP LEVELLING DEVICE 10A FS29 WASHER 10A - - FS6 ABS/ESP 10A FS30 to FS32 FS33 RR FOG 10A FS7 TCU 10A FS34 POWER WDW LH 25A FS8 TCU, HVAC 10A FS35 POWER WDW RH 25A FS9 AUDIO 10A FS36 FRT FOG LAMP 10A OUT SIDE MIRROR, SMART FS10 10A KEY FS37 DRL 10A FS11 & FS12 - - FS38 - - FS13 ENG ECU 10A FS39 SUNROOF 20A FS14 BUGLER ALARM HORN 10A *-SMART KEY OPTION FS15 - - MEMORY FUSE FS16 BACK UP LAMP, PAS 10A MEMORY FUSE PF NO.. CIIRCUIT FS17 AIRBAG 10A RATING FS18 START * 15A PF1 AUDIO 15A SMART KEY BUTTON, FS19 10A ROOM LAMP, FOLDING, CLUSTER DIAGNOSIS 10A PF2 MIRROR, HVAC, TPMS, MBFM FS20 - - FS21 DEFOGGER, BLOWER COIL 10A FS22 BCM 10A FS23 & FS24 - -

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-15 GENERAL 2..9 Changiing a Fllat Tyre

In case of a flat tyre during driving, reduce your speed gradually, Never place any part of your body under any portion of the keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place vehicle when it is supported only by the jack. You could be well away from traffic. Park on a level spot with firm ground. Stop crushed by the vehicle if it falls off a jack. Keep bystanders away the engine and turn ON your hazard warning flashers. from the vehicle. Firmly apply the . Have everyone come out of the Find level, solid ground that is clear of oncoming traffic. If you vehicle on the side away from traffic. cannot find a safe place to stop, it is better to drive on a flat tyre and damage the rim than it is to risk being hit by oncoming traffic. After changing a flat tyre, never store the tyre or other equipment Never stop your vehicle in a traffic lane to change a tyre. Risk of in the passenger compartment of the vehicle. being hit by an oncoming vehicle. Keep driving until you reach a safe location. This loose equipment could strike an occupant in the event of a sudden stop or collision. Store all of these items in the proper place. Lifting a vehicle to change a tyre or perform maintenance is very dangerous if you do not have the requisite tools, safety equipment and training. The jack provided along with the vehicle is to be used only for changing a spare tyre. It is never to be used to perform any other maintenance or repair on the vehicle.

2-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL

The follllowiing sectiions outlliine the procedure for changiing a fllat tyre:: Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stay away from the traffic. When your safety is secured, contact your Authorised Mahindra dealer for your emergency service 2..9..1 Warniing Triianglle 2..9..2 Tooll Kiit

The jack, Screwdriver (+and-), Jack operating Lever, Tow bar, Deo Spanner(10mmx12mm) and Wheel Spanner are placed in the tool kit organiser above the spare wheel.

The warning triangle is a necessary device for your safety. It is placed in the luggage compartment below the luggage floor lid. When you pull over your breaking down vehicle to a safe place, set up a warning triangle behind your vehicle. (Daytime: 100 Metres behind, Night: 200 Metres behind) A Jack D Tow Bar When the Vehiiclle has a Seriious Probllem duriing Driiviing B Screwdriver (+ and -) E Deo Spanner 10mm X 12mm Turn on the hazard flasher and move the vehicle out of traffic to a safe place. Set up the warning triangle behind your vehicle (Daytime: C Jack Operating Lever F Wheel Spanner 100 Metres, Night: 200 Metres) to warn other vehicles

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-17 GENERAL Jack is located on the tool kit organiser above the spare wheel. To • Lift and take out the tool kit organiser from the spare wheel remove the jack out, follow the process below: • Lift and take out the Luggage floor Lid as shown in the illustration

• Take the jack out from the tool kit organiser

2..9..3 Spare Wheell Removall

The spare wheel is mounted below the luggage compartment at the rear end of the vehicle • Lift the Luggage floor Lid and Tool kit organiser. (Refer Tool kit removal procedure)

2-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL • Loosen the Lock nut from the Spare wheel

The spare tyre is only for emergency situations. Never use it for normal driving. After installing the spare tyre on a wheel, take your vehicle to a Mahindra Authorised Service Centre or a tyre- specialised shop to replace it with a new regular tyre.

• When reinstalling the spare tyre, be sure to securely lock it with lock nut. • While your vehicle is being raised up with a jack, avoid any • Lift the spare wheel upwards from inner side to vertical position impact on your vehicle. Otherwise, you may get injured and take it out • When taking out the spare tyre, be careful not to damage the body of your vehicle

Luggage Floor Lid to be fitted always at the lower position when removes and refits again.

Follllow the reverse procedure to re–llocate the fllat tyre to the spare wheell bracket..

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-19 GENERAL 2..9..4 Wheell Bollt Looseniing the spanner does not slip off the bolt. Do not remove the bolts, but loosen them by one or two turns. Wheell cover Removall (iif equiipped) Wrap the tip of a screw driver with cloth, insert it near the lugs of the wheel cover and pry the cap away from the wheel. Do not apply force with your legs (or stand) on the wheel spanner while loosening/tightening the wheel bolts.

Do not try to pry off the wheel cover by hand alone. Take due 2..10 Jack Poiints care in handling the wheel cover to avoid unexpected personal injury. Front jjack up poiint -- On the side sill in-between the groove available on the sill cladding just behind the front wheels.

Always loosen the wheel bolts before raising the vehicle. Turn the wheel bolts counter clockwise to loosen as per the crisscross sequence shown. To get maximum leverage, fit the spanner to the bolt, so that the handle is on the left side. Grab the spanner near the end of the handle and push down on the handle. Be careful that

2-20 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL

Rear jjack up poiint -- On the side sill in-between the groove available on the sill cladding just in front of the rear wheels.

A : Flat Tyre B : Chock Blocks

To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle end along with the wheel spanner into the jack and turn it clockwise with the jack handle. As the jack touches the vehicle and begins to lift, check that it is properly positioned. Raise it high enough so that the spare tyre can be installed. Remember, you will need more ground clearance when putting on the spare tyre than when removing the flat tyre. Make sure to instal the jack so that its upper plate is correctly seated under the vehicle’s positions marked in the figure for the flat tyre side.

2..10..1 Jackiing

Position the jack at the correct jacking point. Make sure the jack is positioned on a level and solid ground. Ensure no one is in the vehicle. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tyre to keep the vehicle from rolling when it is jacked up. When blocking the wheel, place a Make sure to set the jack properly in the jacking point. Raising wheel block in front of one of the front wheels or behind one of the the vehicle with an improperly positioned jack will damage the rear wheels.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-21 GENERAL underbody of the vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the Remove the wheel bolts. Lift the flat tyre straight off and place it jack and cause personal injury. aside. Roll the spare wheel into position and align the holes in the wheel with the holes on the hub. Lift up the wheel and get at least • Use the jack only for lifting your vehicle during wheel the top bolt aligned through its hole. Wiggle the wheel and fix the changing other bolts. • Do not raise the jack with someone in the vehicle Re-instal the wheel bolts inward and tighten by hand. Press the • When raising the vehicle, do not place any objects on top or wheel inward and tighten the wheel bolts further. underneath the jack • Raise the vehicle only high enough to remove and change the wheel • Usable extended height of jack is up to the yellow line/mark provided in the jack. Do not raise the jack above the yellow line • Follow jacking instructions • Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the jack

Never get under the vehicle when the vehicle is supported by Never use oil or grease on the bolts . Doing so may lead to over the jack alone. tightening of the bolts, wheel nut spanner slip, damage the bolts and also may cause personal injuries. Also, bolts may loosen and the wheels may fall off, which could cause a serious accident. If there is oil or grease on any bolt, clean before installing.

2-22 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL Lower the vehicle completely and tighten the diagonally opposite When lowering the vehicle, make sure all portions of your body wheel bolts using the wheel nut spanner. Turn the jack handle are clear off the vehicle as it is lowered to the ground. Have the extension counter clockwise using the jack handle to lower the wheel bolts tightened with the torque spanner to 120 Nm, as vehicle, making sure the handle remains firmly fitted onto the jack soon as possible after changing wheels. handle extension. Make sure the wheel spanner is securely engaged over the bolt. Tighten each bolt a little at a time in the diagonally opposite order as shown. Repeat the process until all the bolts are tight. Do not use other tools or any additional leverage If you have rotated, repaired, changed your tyres or changed other than your hands, such as a hammer, pipe or your foot. the wheel rims, check the wheel bolts are still tight after driving about 1,000 km (Torque 120 Nm). Put the wheel cap (if equipped) into position aligning the nozzle on the wheel to the nozzle clearance on the wheel cover. Tap it firmly on the sides with your hand to snap it into place. Check the air pressure of the replaced tyre. If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it is correct. Always reinstal the valve cap after checking or adjusting tyre pressure. If the cap is not replaced, dirt and moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and instal it as soon as possible.

Improperly or loosely tightened wheel bolts are dangerous. The wheel could wobble or come off. This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident. Always make sure all the wheel bolts are properly/securely tightened to the specified torque.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-23 GENERAL

2..10..2 Restore the Toolls,, Jack and Fllat Tyre Securelly Steeriing centeriing calliibratiion (Steeriing Anglle ) to be performed if you have done Wheel Alignment, repaired, changed Mount the flat tyre to the spare wheel bracket at the luggage your tyres or changed the wheel rims. Contact an Authorised compartment and firmly tighten the securing bolts. Restore the Mahindra Dealer for assistance. tools and jack back to their respective locations.

The wheel balance and alignment differ from wheel to wheel which may lead to difference in steering and braking. It is recommended to fix the flat tyre at the nearest tyre shop and swap the spare wheel back.

Wheel balancing and Wheel Alignment to be done after tyre puncture rework.

2-24 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 GENERAL 2..11 Techniicall Speciifiicatiions

Techniicall Speciifiicatiions Diiesell Petroll ENGIINE D15 1.5 Litre G12 1.2 Litre TCI MPFI Displacement/Cubic Capacity 1497 cc 1197 cc Type Transverse Transverse Compression Ratio 16.0:1 9.5:1 Max. Engine output, (kW @ RPM) 85.8 kW @ 3750 rpm 81 kW @ 5000 rpm Max. Torque (Nm @ RPM) 300 Nm @ 1500 - 2500 rpm 200 Nm @ 2000 - 3000 rpm TRANSMISSIION Type Manual Transaxle No. of Gears 6 Forward, 1 Reverse GEAR RATIIOS I 4.154 4.154 II 2.300 2.174 III 1.464 1.464 IV 1.030 1.081 V 0.762 0.854 VI 0.659 0.705 Reverse 2.923 2.923 STEERIING Type/Description Electronic (EPS)

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 2-25 GENERAL

Techniicall Speciifiicatiions Diiesell Petroll BRAKES Service Brake Hydraulic Circuit Assisted by Vacuum Booster cross diagonal circuit with ABS Front Disc Rear Disc Parking Brake Mechanical-Hand Operated WHEELS & TYRES 6J x 16 Rim 6.5J x 17 P205/65 R16 95 H Tyres P215/55 R17 94 H Type Radial Tubeless Laden Tyre Pressure 32 Psi (for R16 tyre) Front & Rear 34 Psi (for R17 tyre) FUEL Fuel Capacity 42 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM System Voltage 12V Battery 60Ah / 50Ah

2-26 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 OVERVIIEW 3 OVERVIIEW

3..1 Front Overviiew

A Side repeater* B Outside Rearview Mirror (ORVM) C Front Windshield D Front Wiper E Hood F Headlamp (Low beam) G Turn Signal Lamp H Fog Lamp* I Head Lamp High Beam * if equipped

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 3-1 OVERVIIEW 3..2 Rear Overviiew

A Rear Turn Indicator B Rear Windshield / Demister* C Roof Antenna* D High Mounted Stop Lamp E Rear Wiper* F Rear Parking Lamps G Reverse Lamp H Brake/Park Lamp I Rear Camera* J Rear Fog Lamp* * if equipped

3-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 OVERVIIEW 3..3 IInstrument Panell Overviiew Accelerator/Brake/ A Centre Storage M Pedal

B Side Vents N Front Storage

C Side Defrost Vents O Parking Brake

D Front Co-passenger Airbag P Console Storage

E Infotainment Screen* Q

F Centre Vents R Power Outlet

G Wiper Control Stalk S Gear Lever

H Steering Wheel T AUX/USB Ports*

I Steering Controls* U HVAC Control

J Instrument Cluster V Glove Box

K Horn Pad/Driver Airbag W Hazard Switch

ECO / Head Lamp Levelling L Switches

* if equipped

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 3-3

IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW 4 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW

W8/W8 (O) W4/W6

A Tachometer G Odometer B Tripmeter H Temperature Gauge C Telltales I Steering Mode Control D Gear Shift Indicator J TDMS* E K Door Alert F * if equipped

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 4-1 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW 4..1 Warniing Lamps Overviiew

4-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW

Low Engine Water-in-Fuel Seat Belt ESP OFF Oil Pressure Left Turn Warning Parking Lamp Warning Lamp* Warning Indicator Lamp* Lamp Lamp Airbag Check Rear Fog Right Turn ESP Malfunction Glow Plug Warning Engine Lamp Indicator Warning Lamp* Indicator* ENGINE ! Lamp* Lamp Indicator* Battery Head Lamp Charging Cruise HHC Front Fog Lamp immobiliser High Beam System Control Malfunction* Indicator* Lamp Warning Indicator* Lamp High Engine Parking ABS Door Ajar Coolant Brake ON/ START Engine Stop/Start OBD/MIL Warning Warning Tempera- Brake Fluid A Lamp* Check Lamp Lamp Lamp STOP ture Low Warning Warning Lamp* Lamp Low Fuel Global TPMS Warning EPS Malfunction* Lamp Malfunction* * if equipped / select models or variants only

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 4-3 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW 4..2 Warniing Lamps

Lamp Status whiille Sr.. Symboll Warniing Lamp/Telllltalle Lamp Pre--check Actiion/Remarks No.. Engiine runniing Indicates left turn lamp is blinking Sllow Blliinkiing:: Normal operation Slow or Fast Blinking 1 Left Turn Indicator No Fast Blliinkiing:: One / more left turn lamp bulb has fused. Have the bulb replaced Indicates right turn lamp is blinking Sllow Blliinkiing:: Normal operation Right Turn Indicator Slow or Fast Blinking 2 No Fast Blliinkiing:: One /more right turn lamp bulb has fused. Have the bulb replaced

3 Rear Fog Lamp Indicator* No Continuously ON Indicates rear fog lamp is ON

4 Cruise Control Indicator* Yes Continuously ON Indicates vehicle is in Cruise mode

Indicates water-in-fuel. Drain the water from filter or 5 Water-in-Fuel Warning Lamp* Yes Continuously ON contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance Sllow Blliinkiing:: Vehicle is armed with the remote Fast Blliinkiing/Contiinuouslly ON:: Indicates a system Blinking 6 Immobiliser No malfunction Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

Indicates malfunction of the ABS system. Contact an ABS Warning Lamp Continuously ON 7 Yes Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

4-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW

Lamp Status whiille Sr.. Symboll Warniing Lamp/Telllltalle Lamp Pre--check Actiion/Remarks No.. Engiine runniing Either one of the below conditions: Parking Brake ON/Brake Fluid 1. Park Brake might be engaged Continuously ON 8 Low Warning Lamp/EBD* Yes 2. Brake fluid level might be low 3. There is some concern in EBD. Please contact Mahindra Dealer.

9 Parking Lamp No Continuously ON Indicates Parking Lamp is ON

Indicates malfunction of the airbag system. Contact an Airbag Warning Lamp* Continuously ON 10 Yes Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

Indicates malfunction of Hill Hold Control. Contact an Continuously ON 11 HHC Malfunction* No Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

Indicates one or more doors and/or boot/hood are Door Ajar Warning Lamp Continuously ON 12 No open

Continuously ON/ Indicates fuel level has reached the reserve level. re- Low Fuel Warning Lamp 13 No Blinking fuel immediately

Indicates ESP OFF 14 ESP OFF Lamp* Yes Continuously ON

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 4-5 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW

Lamp Status whiille Sr.. Symboll Warniing Lamp/Telllltalle Lamp Pre--check Actiion/Remarks No.. Engiine runniing Blliinkiing: Indicates ESC has taken control of the vehicle stability ESP Malfunction Warning Continuously ON or Contiinuouslly ON:: Indicates a malfunction in the ESC 15 Lamp* Yes Blinking system. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

Continuously Lamp 16 Front Fog Lamp Indicator* No Indicates front fog lamp is ON ON Contiinuouslly ON: Engine is in auto stop mode START Continuously ON or Engine Stop/Start Lamp* Blliinkiing: Engine Stop/Start is about to stop the 17 A Yes Blinking STOP engine Indicates low/high tyre pressure or possible Continuously ON or malfunction in Tiretronics. Refer to Tiretronics section 18 Tiretronics* Yes Blinking in INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES/WHEELS AND TYRES chapter for further details If telltale is not turning OFF even after fastening the 19 Seat Belt Warning Lamp No Continuously ON seat belt, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance Indicates a malfunction in the starting system. Contact Glow Plug Indicator* Continuously ON 20 No. an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

21 Head Lamp High Beam Lamp No Continuously ON Indicates Head lamp high beam is ON

Continuously ON or Telltale will be ON till engine starts. After engine starts, OBD Check Lamp 22 Yes Blinking if is still ON there is a potential malfunction related to

4-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIIEW

Lamp Status whiille Sr.. Symboll Warniing Lamp/Telllltalle Lamp Pre--check Actiion/Remarks No.. Engiine runniing emission system, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately After Pre-check Indicates malfunction on Electronic Power steering 23 EPS Warning Lamp* Continuously ON Continuously ON system. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer till Engine Starts immediately Telltale will be ON in ignition ON But engine is OFF. In Low Engine Oil Pressure engine ON condition, it indicates engine oil pressure is 24 No Continuously ON Warning Lamp low. Check oil level and top-up or contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance Continuously ON or Indicates a potential malfunction in the EMS, contact Check Engine Lamp 25 ENGINE ! Yes Blinking an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately

Battery Charging System Indicates malfunction in charging system. Contact 26 No Continuously ON Warning Lamp Authorised Mahindra Dealer for assistance

High Engine Coolant Continuously ON or Engine temperature very high. Contact Authorised 27 Temperature Warning Lamp No Blinking Mahindra Dealer immediately * if equipped / select models or variants only

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 4-7

SEATS AND SEAT BELTS 5 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS • Adjust your seat and seat back angle such that your wrists rest on the steering wheel 5..1 Front Seats • Ensure your legs are in bent position while fully depressing the clutch pedal 5..1..1 Siittiing iin Correct Posiitiion

The seat should be adjusted while still maintaining control of the foot pedals (able to fully depress the clutch pedal), steering wheel (rest the wrists on the steering wheel) and your view of the instrument panel controls.

Never adjust the driver's seat while the vehicle is in motion. The seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to unintentionally operate the accelerator or brake, or turn the Follow the tips below for a comfortable and safe journey: steering wheel, causing loss of control of the vehicle, an accident or serious personal injury. Adjust the driver's seat only • Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine pressed when the vehicle is stationary. against the seat back Never put objects under the seats. They may interfere with the • The driver and front passenger seat head restraint has 6 seat-lock mechanism or unexpectedly activate the seat position positions. Adjust it as close as possible to the above specified adjusting lever, causing the seat to suddenly move, resulting in position, with the top of the head restraint even with the top of loss of control of the vehicle, an accident or serious personal your head injury. • Maintain sufficient distance between yourself and the steering While adjusting the seat, do not put your hands under the seat wheel. Maintain at least a ten inch (10") distance from the or near the moving parts. This may lead to injuries. centre of the steering wheel to your chest

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-1 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS 5..1..2 Front Seat Slliide 5..1..3 Front Seat Reclliine

To move the seat forward or backward, pull and hold the seat slide To change the seat back angle, lean forward slightly and raise the lever. lever up and move the seat to the desired position. Then, release Then, lean back to the desired angle and release the lever. After the lever to lock. adjusting, make sure the lever is returned to its original position and the seat back is locked.

While adjusting the seat, make sure the latch engages fully on both side of the fore-aft adjustment track rails and the seat is The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rear locked firmly in the desired position. An unlocked seat may collision when the occupants are sitting up straight and well move in a sudden stop or collision, causing injury to the person back in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide past in that seat. Push and pull on the seat to ensure that it is your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or locked. the shoulder strap may contact your neck. The more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of serious injury.

5-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS 5..2 Head Restraiint

When returning the rear-reclined seat back to its upright position, make sure you support the seat back while operating the lever.

5..1..4 Front Seat Heiight Adjjustment (iif equiipped)

To raise the head restraint, pull it up without pressing the release button. To lower the head restraint, press the release button on top of the seat back and push the head restraint down.

Removed or improperly adjusted head restraints can result in To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times. serious head and neck injuries in case of a collision. To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever up several times.

Do not apply excessive force to the head restraint during adjustment. It may get damaged. Do not adjust the height of seat while vehicle is in motion.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-3 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS 5..3 Passenger Seat

5..3..1 Passenger Seat Reclliine When returning the rear-reclined seat back to its upright position, make sure you support the seat back while operating the lever.

5..3..2 Passenger Seat Slliide

To change the seat back angle, lean forward slightly and raise the lever. Then, lean back to the desired angle and release the lever. After adjusting, make sure the lever is returned to its original position and the seat back is locked. To move the seat forward or backward, pull and hold the seat slide lever up and move the seat to the desired position. Then, release The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rear the lever to lock. collision when the occupants are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or While adjusting the seat, make sure the latch engages fully on the shoulder strap may contact your neck. The more the seat is both side of the fore-aft adjustment track rails and the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of serious injury. locked firmly in the desired position. An unlocked seat may move in a sudden stop or collision, causing injury to the person

5-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS in that seat. Push and pull on the seat to ensure that it is locked. Do not apply excessive force to the head restraint during adjustment. It may get damaged. 5..3..3 Passenger Seat Head Restraiint

The head restraint comprises the padded portion which contacts 5..4 Rear Seat your head and is inserted/locked in receptacles on the top of the seat back. Your vehicle seats are equipped with head restraints which are vertically adjustable. The purpose of these head restraints is to help limit head motion in the event of rear collision. Always align top of the head restraint with the top of your head or as close to it as possible. To lower the head restraint, press the lock knob and push the head restraint down.

Second row is of 60:40 split configuration and also has a foldable armrest. Head restraint are provided for front row and second row. To raise the head restraint, pull it up without pressing the release button. To lower the head restraint, press the release button on top of the seat back and push the head restraint down.

Removed or improperly adjusted head restraints can result in serious head and neck injuries in case of a collision.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-5 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS 5..4..1 Head Restraiint Adjjustment 5..4..2 Folldiing The Rear Seat Back

To fold down the rear seat back: • Insert the rear seat belt buckle and belt webbing in the storage to prevent the seat belt from being damaged • Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position • Release the seatback lock by pulling the release lever

To raise the head restraint, pull it up without pressing the release button. To lower the head restraint, press the release button on top of the seat back and push the head restraint down.

Removed or improperly adjusted head restraints can result in serious head and neck injuries in case of a collision. When locking the rear seatback into upright position, make sure you hear “click” sound.

If possible, place the centre line of the head restraint at the passenger’s eye level. When the seatback is released from its holding latch, the If the passenger is too tall or too short, adjust the head seatback can completely be folded. Ensure that none of your restraints to highest or lowest position. body parts are trapped.

5-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

• Do not fold or unfold the rear seat when the vehicle is moving • Make sure that there is nobody on the folded seatback and in cargo area • If you put sharp or heavy objects on the seatback, there might be some damage to the seatbacks or even to the • Fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle seats • To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward. Pull the • Without completely lowering the second row head restraints seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback or with excessively reclined front seat back, there may be is locked in place some damage to the head restraints or the centre console if Rear Seatback Holldiing Latch the second row seats are folded • Take care that there are no objects placed on the rear seat cushion before folding the rear seat back down as any sharp features in the object may damage the seat cover

• All necessary driver’s seat adjustments should be made before any driving (if equiped) • Make sure that your seat is completely locked after adjusting

Before returning the folded seat back to the normal position. Pull • Any object that might damage the seat should not be placed the rear seat belt out of the seat back so that the seat belt is not on the seat jammed with the holding latch.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-7 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS • Removed or improperly adjusted head restraints can result being locked, causing severe injuries or death during a in serious head and neck injuries in case of a collision. Make collision sure that the head restraints are in place and adjusted • Always raise the seat back to the proper upright position before driving before driving • Do not recline the seat back more than needed for comfort • Never drive the vehicle with the seat folded. In a collision, you while vehicle is in motion. The seat belt is the most effective when the passenger sits back and straight up in the seat. If will be seriously killed or injured as you lose the protection the seat belt can provide the seat back is reclined too much, then the risks of sliding under the lap belt and getting injured are increased • To avoid unexpected accidents including severe injuries and death, sit in the position so that the distance between the • Do not leave children unattended in parked vehicles. This can steering wheel and your chest is at least 10 inches, as long cause unexpected accident as you are comfortable with driving • You can be hurt by the edges of the mechanism of the seat • Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or between the when trying to get the small objects (cigarette lighters, coins, credit cards) under the seat or caught between the seat and seats. The gas in the lighter container under the seat is potentially flammable when it is released from the container the centre console. Wear protective gloves to prevent injury when the seat is moved • Never try to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving • Additional cushion between you and the seat cushion • Unexpected movement of the seat or seat back can cause reduces the frictional force and could make you slide under loss of control the seat belt. This could result in serious injury or death • Take care not to bother the passenger behind you when • Do not insert your hands under the seat or in the path of the adjusting the seat position seat movement when adjusting the seat. Your hands or fingers could get trapped between the seat and the frame • Sit upright in the centre of the seat and wear the seat belt around your hip and pelvic bones • Do not ride with the seat back reclined too much. You could slide under the seat belt in a collision, which could result in • Do not place any objects in the path of seat back movement. severe injury or death. Also, you cannot be protected by the Any obstruction in this path prevents the seat back from seat belt and the belt can strangle you or even cut into your

5-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS stomach. Therefore, sit up straight in your seat by keeping be worn low and tight across your hips, just touching the top of your seat back upright while driving your thighs. While fastening the seat belt, the shoulder strap of the seat belt must pass over your chest and top of your • When returning the seat back to the upright position, hold shoulder. It must never touch your neck, face, the side of your the seat back with your one hand and pull the release lever shoulder, arm, or pass under your arm. The belt must always be with the other hand. The more the seat back is reclined, the flat against your body and not twisted in any way. Nothing, such greater the restoring force of the seat back is. If you do not as an armrest, a pocketbook, or any external objects should be hold the seat back while adjusting the seat back, you could between you and the seat belt. Improper wearing of a seat belt be injured by the restoring force will reduce the protection in an accident • Seat belts should be adjusted as tightly as possible, consistent 5..5 Seat Bellts with comfort to properly secure the wearer in the seat 5..5..1 Generall Warniings and IInstructiions

At least once each month, inspect the seat belt webbing for any cuts, tears, or other signs of wear (such as fraying along the edges). Also inspect the anchors, retractors, and buckles to be sure they are tight and operational. • All occupants, including the driver, should always wear their seat belt no matter how short the trip in order to minimise the risk of severe injury in the event of a crash. In an accident, an un-belted passenger becomes a projectile, and can cause serious injury to himself or another passenger • The seat belts provided for your vehicle are designed for people • In a rollover crash, an un-belted person is significantly more likely of adult size, must be properly used and maintained prone to injury than a person wearing a seat belt • For usage of adult seat belt to secure children, refer to section • In order to be properly buckled, you must always sit up straight on manual for child seat positions and use a child restraint and keep your feet on the floor in front of you. The lap part must system

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-9 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS phones, can become a projectile in the event of an accident or sudden stop, causing injuries to occupants in the vehicle

Never use a damaged seat belt system. A damaged seat belt will not provide protection in an accident, resulting in serious injury. • Seat belt systems can be prone to abuse. They are not indestructible. They must be handled with care to avoid damage • Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the • Keep the belts clean and dry. Belt retraction may become vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt difficult if the belts and webbing are soiled. If they need cleaning, can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other use a mild soap solution or lukewarm water. Never use bleach, occupants, or out of the vehicle during a crash or emergency dye, or abrasive cleaners. These chemicals will severely weaken stop the belts • Do not use any accessories on seat belts or modify in any way • Retractors in 3-point type seat belts retract the seat belts when the seat belt system. Devices claiming to improve occupant not in use. The inertia lock and coil spring allow the belts to comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection remain comfortable on users during normal driving. During provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious accidents or abrupt stops, inertia locks restrict the sudden injury in a crash forward movement of the wearer • An accident or emergency stop, can damage your seat belt Seat Bellts -- Patiients system, even if the accident is “minor”. Please have your Authorised Mahindra Dealer inspect the seat belt system after Persons with serious medical conditions should also wear a seat an accident belt. Consult your doctor for specific recommendations before travel. • Please be aware that any unsecured item in your vehicle, such as your pet, unsecured child restraint system, a laptop or mobile

5-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

Seat Bellts -- Pregnant Women

Never wear twisted seat belts. Excessive forces will be transferred from the belt to the wearer, in a collision, resulting in serious personal injury. Each seat belt is meant for use by one person only. Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. The seat belt will not be able to spread the impact forces properly leading to serious injuries.

Never put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant's Pregnant women must also wear seat belts. Consult your doctor lap. This could lead to serious injuries. for specific recommendations. Seat Bellt Usage iis necessary to: The lap belt should be worn snugly and as low as possible over the hips. The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder, but • Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle never across the stomach area. When worn properly, the seat belt • Reduce the possibility of injuries to upper body, lower body and will protect both the mother and the foetus in an accident or legs during an accident emergency stop. • Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle A pregnant woman should never wear the seat belt across the Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always stomach area. This could lead to serious injuries to the foetus occupy the rear seat and use the vehicle seat belts. The lap portion and/or the pregnant mother. should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible and the shoulder strap should be across the child's shoulder, not the neck or face. If you are unable to position the strap across the child's shoulder, the child should remain in a booster seat. Frequently

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-11 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

SEATS AND SEAT BELTS check the seat belt to be sure it remains snug and in position. A squirming child could cause the seat belt to come out of position.

5..5..2 Fasteniing the Seat Bellt (3-Poiint type)

CORRECT SEAT BELT POSITIONING

Adjust the seat as needed, sit up straight and well back in the seat. To fasten your seat belt, pull the webbing out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. An audible “click” would be heard when the tab locks into the buckle. Pull up on the shoulder strap to tighten the lap belt across your hips. The seat belt W12E23 retractor will pull in any slack in the shoulder strap. A slow and easy motion will allow the belt to extend and let you move your body around freely. Periodically check the seat belt as you ride to be sure it remains snug and in position. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock (restrict) if you try to lean forward too quickly.

W12E24 If the driver or co-driver seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON, the seat belt warning lamp illuminates and chimes beat will turn till seat belt is fastened. Refer

5-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS “Warning Lamps” in the “Features and Control” chapter for further details. Never insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and may cause damage to 5..5..3 Unfasteniing the Seat Bellt (Both 3-Poiint & 2-Poiint) the buckle mechanism, thereby making the seat belt ineffective in an accident, resulting in serious personal injury.

To release the belt, press the buckle release button and allow the belt to retract. If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull it out and check for kinks or twists. Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-13 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS 5..5..4 Passenger Occupant Detectiion System (PODS) 5..5..5 Seat Bellt Heiight Adjjuster

PODS system is to detect the presence of occupant in the seat. You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor for maximum comfort and safety in both front seats. If the height of the seat belt If occupant is present and not wearing seat belt, seat is too near your neck, you will not be getting the most effective belt reminder warning lamp will come ON till the seat protection. The shoulder portion of the belt should be adjusted so belt is buckled. that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder Along with this warning lamp Chime in Cluster will be ON for 35 nearest to the door and not your neck. secs. To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster to an appropriate position while pressing the height adjuster button. Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into the position.

Adjust the shoulder belt height sitting well back in the seat. Do not adjust the seat belt height while vehicle is in motion.

5-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS 5..6 IInfant and Chiilld Safety

Restraiint deviice Front Mountiing method of Mass group Rear centre Rear out board fiigure Passenger vehiiclle O ~ up to 10 kg (0 ~ 9 months) Rear-facing child seat U U U 3-point belt rear-facing O+ ~ up to 13 kg (0 ~ 2 years) Rear-facing child seat U U U 3-point belt rear-facing I ~ 9 to 18 kg (9 months ~ 4 Forward-facing child U U U 3-point years) seat II ~ 15 to 25 kg (4 years ~ 6 3-point years) Booster seat U U U III ~ 22 to 36 kg (6 years ~ 12 3-point years) Booster seat U U U

U: Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in L: Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list. the mass group. These restraints may be of the “semi-universal” categories. UF: Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraints X: Seat position not suitable for children in the mass group. approved for use in the mass group.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-15 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

Tablle of Vehiiclle Handbook IInformatiion on ISOFIX Chiilld Restraiint Systems IInstallllatiion Suiitabiilliity for Variious IISOFIX Posiitiions Mass group Siize Cllass Fiixture Vehiiclle IISOFIX Posiitiions Front Passenger Rear centre Rear out board F ISO/L1 X X X Carrycot G ISO/L2 X X X Group 0 up to 10kg E ISO/R1 X X IUF E ISO/R1 X X IUF Group 0+ up to 13kg D ISO/R2 X X IUF C ISO/R3 X X X D ISO/R2 X X IUF C ISO/R3 X X X Group I9 to 18kg B ISO/F2 X X IUF B1 ISO/F2X X X IUF A ISO/F3 X X IUF X: ISOFIX position not suitable ISOFIX child restraint systems in this mass group and/or this size class. Key of letters be inserted in the above table IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraint systems of universal category approved for use in this mass group. IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems (CRS) given in attached list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the “specific vehicle”, “restricted” or “semi-universal” categories.

5-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

Anchorage Locatiion 5..6..1 Warniing for Chiilld Restraiint

• Use onlly the offiiciialllly approved chiilld restraiint Mahindra is not responsible for the personal injury and property damage due to the defect of child restraint • Use onlly the chiilld restraiint wiith proper type and siize for your baby • Use onlly the chiilld restraiint at proper llocatiion • Chiilld restraiint has 5 categoriies based on the weiight as bellow:: Child restraint anchor fittings are installed at the points as shown in the figure. 1 GROUP 0 : 0 ~ 10KG 4 GROUP II : 15 ~ 25KG 2 GROUP 0+ : 0 ~ 13KG 5 GROUP III : 22 ~ 36KG 3 GROUP I : 9 ~ 18KG

• Group 0 & 0+ Rear-facing child restraint fitted on the rear seat • Group II Forward-facing child restraint fitted on the rear seat • Group IIII & IIII Unrestrained infants and small children could be injured Booster seat fitted on the rear seat with seat belt fastened. Always follow the installation and use instructions provided by • Never transport them unless they are properly restrained the manufacturer of the booster seat • Use restrained system which meet safety standard • Follow directions provided by the manufacturer

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 5-17 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

Cautiions for IISOFIX Seat

• The rear seatback anchor is the supplemental device to secure the child restraint system after engaging it by the lower latches. Therefore, do not secure the child restraint system only with the seatback anchors. The increased load may cause the hooks or anchors to break, causing serious injury or death • If a child restraint is not properly secured to the vehicle and a child is not properly restrained in the child restraint, the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision. Always follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installation • Make sure the latches of the child restraint system are latched to the lower latches. In this case, you can hear the “click” sound • The child restraint seat strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct seatback anchor • Make sure that the child restraint system is firmly secured by rocking it in different directions • Incorrectly installed child restraint system may cause an unexpected personal injury

5-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS) 6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS) 6..1 Aiirbags

The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) includes airbags, pre- Your vehicle is equipped with the following airbags: tensioners and ECU. The airbags are designed to provide further • Driiver’s Aiirbag : A frontal airbag for the driver in Steering wheel protection to the vehicle occupants in addition to the primary hub protection provided by the seat belts and seat belt pre-tensioners. The primary components of the system are the which measure the crash severity. In the event of a significant frontal impact, the SRS airbags inflate to work in conjunction with the seat belts and help reduce injuries mainly to the driver's and front passenger's head/chest.

Seat belts are the primary restraint system in the vehicle. An airbag provides supplemental protection in addition to the seat belts. • Passenger’s Aiirbag (iif equiipped) : A frontal airbag for the front All occupants, including the driver, should always wear their passenger in the passenger side instrument panel seat belts to minimise the risk of severe injury in the event of a crash. Airbags are more effective in reducing injuries when the seat belts are worn.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 6-1 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

• Knee Aiirbag (iif equiipped) : The driver’s knee airbag is located on • Siide Seat Aiirbag (iif equiipped) : The side seat airbag are installed the dashboard under the steering wheel. in each front seat back. It is designed to inflate only in an impact to the side of the vehicle and protect occupants’ body

• Siide Curtaiin Aiirbag (iif equiipped) : The side curtain airbags are contained between right above the front and rear doors and the end of the vehicle roof. The side curtain airbag is designed to inflate only in an impact to the side of the vehicle and protect An airbag is not designed to deploy in every type of crash. occupants’ heads. Depending on the type of accident or impact, the front airbags independently deploy thereby protecting the occupants. It is not necessary that ALL the airbags deploy during an accident. To minimise the risk of severe injury in the event of a crash, every passenger must always wear their seat belt (see the chapter on Seat Belts in this manual). The airbags inflate very quickly with great force. Do not position any part of your body too close to airbag, you or especially children could be seriously injured/killed by a deploying airbag.

6-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS) 6..2 Front Aiirbags

Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System Do not place any objects over the airbag or between the airbag (Airbag) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and front and yourself. passenger seating positions. The indications of the system's presence are the letters “AIRBAG” embossed on the airbag pad Knee Aiirbag (iif equiipped) cover in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel The driver’s knee airbag is located on the dashboard under the pad above the glove box. steering wheel, the driver’s knee airbag can help protect the driver The SRS is designed to deploy the front airbag only when an impact by inflating simultaneously with the front airbag in head-on collision. is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than ± 30° from the forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle.

Driiver Aiirbag Front Passenger Aiirbag

If the driver’s posture is improper while driving, the knee airbag might not protect the driver’s knee area when the airbag is Front airbag are not intended to deploy in side-impact, rear impact deployed. or rollover crashes. In addition, front airbag will not deploy in frontal crashes which are below the prescribed deployment threshold where risk of serious injuries is low.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 6-3 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

6..3 Seat Siide Aiirbag and Curtaiin Aiirbag (iif equiipped) • The side impact airbag is supplementary to the seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore, your Seat Siide Aiirbag Curtaiin Aiirbag seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion. The airbags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants • For best protection from the side impact airbag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact airbag, all seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The passengers arms and hands should be placed on their laps

Your vehicle is equipped with side impact airbag in both the front • Do not use any accessory seat covers. Use of seat covers seats. The purpose of the airbag is to provide the vehicle's driver could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system and/or the front passenger with additional protection during side • Do not instal any accessories on the side or near the side impacts or collisions. impact airbag The side impact airbag are designed to deploy only during certain • Do not place any objects over the airbag or between the side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed airbag and yourself and point of impact. • Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the door and the seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplementary side impact • In the case of a , the curtain airbag may be airbag inflates deployed together with the relevant side airbag on the side the collision occurs

6-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS) 6..4 Passenger Aiirbag ON/OFF Swiitch 6..5 Aiirbag System Mallfunctiion Lamp

Airbags do not require any regular maintenance of service. The airbag system malfunction lamp illuminates when the ignition is ON, and it turns OFF after about 2 secs. as self check confirming normal operations of airbag system and malfunction lamp. This lamp monitors airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensors, indicator lamp, seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies, inflators, interconnecting wiring and power sources. If either of the following conditions occur, there is a malfunction of the airbags or seat belt pre-tensioner. Immediately contact your OFF/Deactivated ON/Activated A B Authorised Mahindra Dealer. The front passenger airbag is disabled (not inflatable) when placing • The lamp does not glow when the ignition is switched ON or the passenger airbag ON/OFF switch to “OFF” position. This switch glows beyond six (6) secs. after switching the ignition ON is located on the left side of the instrument panel, and you can see it when opening the front passenger door. Press and turn this switch • The lamp comes ON at any other time, even briefly to operate • The lamp comes ON intermittently Passenger Aiirbag OFF IIndiicator This indicator comes on when turning the passenger Never make any modifications to your vehicle which could affect airbag ON/OFF switch to “OFF” position to disable the performance of your airbag system. In particular, changes the passenger airbag. to the vehicle frame, bumpers, bull bar, front fenders, ride height, suspension, seat belts, interior trim, seats or steering wheel (especially covers, pads or other trim), could prevent proper deployment of the airbag. If you need to make any

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 6-5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

modifications to accommodate any disability you may have, After complete inflation, the airbag immediately starts deflating, please contact your Authorised Mahindra Dealer. enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to Never try to open or strike the airbag cover. If the airbag cover manoeuvre or operate other controls. is cracked or damaged in any way, the airbag may not function Deployment of the airbags happen in a fraction of a second, as intended. Take the vehicle to an Authorised Mahindra producing a loud noise releasing a ‘white smoke’ and residue along Dealer. with a non-toxic gas. This does not indicate a fire. This smoke may Even if the airbags do not deploy during an accident, take your remain inside the vehicle for some time, and may cause some vehicle to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for a thorough inspection minor irritation to the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to wash off of the airbag and seat belt systems, no matter how minor the any residue with soap and water as soon as possible to prevent any accident. The airbag system could have been damaged, and may potential skin irritation. If you can safely exit the vehicle, you should not work as intended in the future, resulting in serious injury. do so immediately.

6..6 Aiirbag IInfllatiion/Deplloyment Airbag deployment may cause windshield to break. The airbag sensors constantly monitor the forward deceleration of the vehicle. If an impact results in a forward deceleration beyond the designed threshold level, the system triggers the airbag • Do not modify, remove, strike or open the seat belt pre- inflators. This initiates a chemical reaction which quickly fills the tensioner assemblies, airbag sensor or surrounding area or airbags with non-toxic gas. wiring. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent them Upon deployment, tear seams moulded directly into the pad covers from activating correctly, cause sudden operation of the separate under pressure from the expansion of the airbags. system or disable the system, which could result in serious Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the airbags. A injury fully inflated airbag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, • Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover slows the driver's or the passenger's forward motion, reducing the and inflator) may be hot for several minutes after risk of head and chest injury. deployment. The airbags inflate only once

6-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

• Do not cover the steering wheel, instrument panel with any object (e. g. dash panel covers) which may prevent the airbags from inflating properly • The airbags inflate with considerable force. While the system is designed to reduce serious injuries, primarily to the head and chest, it may also cause other, less severe injuries to the face, chest, arms and hands. These are usually in the nature of minor burns or abrasions and swelling, but the force of a deploying airbag can also cause more serious injuries, especially if an occupant's hands, arms, chest or head is in close proximity to the airbag module at the time of deployment. Sit straight and well back into the seat. Move your seat as far back as practical to The driver or front passenger who is too close to the steering allow room for airbag inflation, while still allowing you to wheel or dashboard can be seriously injured during airbag properly operate/drive the vehicle deployment. • The driver must sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining control of the vehicle The front passenger should never sit on the edge of the seat, • The front passenger must sit as far back as possible from stand near the , rest feet or other parts of the dashboard the body on the dashboard when the vehicle is moving. • Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants to be shifted too close to a deploying airbag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle resulting in serious injury

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 6-7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

• Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system or side impact airbags • Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses

6..7 Chiilld Restraiint and Aiirbag

• Always sit upright with the seat back in an upright position, on the seat cushion centre with your seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor • All vehicle occupants must be properly restrained using the seat belts “Do not use a rearward-facing child restraint on a seat protected by • All infants and children must be placed in the rear seat of an active airbag in front of it” the vehicle in a child restraint seat and be properly restrained by seat belts In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front • Front airbags can injure occupants improperly positioned in passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger airbag inflates, it the front seats could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child. • Even with airbags, improperly belted and un-belted This is indicated also on stickers that are located at the following occupants can be severely injured when the airbag inflates. position: Always follow the precautions about seat belts, airbags and • On the front passenger’s sun visor occupant safety contained in this manual

6-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

Front Aiirbag

Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on a Front airbag are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending seat protected by an active airbag in front of it! on the intensity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision. Never hold an infant or child on your lap. The infant or child could be seriously injured in the event of a crash. All infants and 6..9 Aiirbag Non--deplloyment children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat. Impacts below a pre-determined threshold level may not cause the airbag to deploy in the following cases: 6..8 Aiirbag Deplloyment • Colllliisiion wiith Utiilliity Polles or Trees --

Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated The images shown in this section are for illustrative purpose to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the only. They may not look like your model/variant or vehicle. sensors.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 6-9 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

• Under-riide Siituatiions - Rear-end Colllliisiions -- Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, where occupants are moved backward away from the airbags by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated airbags would not be able to provide any additional benefit.

Running under a truck may not provide the decelerations necessary for airbag deployment. Airbags will not inflate in this “under-ride” situation where deceleration forces that are detected by sensors are significantly low.

6-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

• Frontall IImpact -- • Rollllover -- Frontal impact beyond 30º range from head-on to the vehicle.

Airbags will not inflate in rollover accidents where airbag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants. • Potholles or Stepped Surfaces - Frontall Siide Swiipe IImpact -- Driving into a big pothole, stepped surface or hitting the far side of a hole/incline will not inflate the airbag.

Frontal offset impact to the vehicle may not provide the deceleration force necessary for airbag deployment. In an angled

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 6-11 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAIINT SYSTEM (SRS)

collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a 6..13 Aiirbag Repaiir direction where the airbags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any If the front airbag cover or IP airbag cover shows signs of damage airbags. or having been removed, the vehicle should be towed to the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer for repair. Do not attempt to self repair or reinstal the cover. 6..10 Aiirbag Repllacement

Self-servicing or tampering with the airbag system is dangerous. An 6..14 Aiirbag Maiintenance airbag could accidentally deploy causing serious injuries, or will not deploy when there is a need. Always take your vehicle to an For cleaning the airbag covers/areas, use only a soft dry cloth or Authorised Mahindra Dealer for inspection and repairs. one which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the airbag covers and proper deployment of the system. 6..11 Sellf Removiing SRS Rellated Parts

Self removing the instrument panel, steering wheel, seat belts or airbag related parts or sensors is not recommended. Airbags could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries, or they may not deploy when there is a need. Visit an Authorised Mahindra Dealer if these parts must be removed.

6..12 Aiirbag Diisposall

Improper disposal of an airbag or a vehicle with live airbags can be extremely dangerous. Approach an Authorised Mahindra Dealer to do these jobs.

6-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS 7 LOCKS AND KEYS Your key number is shown on the tag attached to the key. It is recommended that you record the key number and store in a safe Your XUV300 comes with three types of keys depending on the place. variant. The keys operate all locks in your vehicle including those of the doors and ignition with steering lock. We advise you to keep one of these keys in a safe place for emergency use, but not in the vehicle. Should you lose your keys or if you need replacement keys, There is a limitation (max. 2 keys at a time) to the number of they can be ordered through an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. keys that can be programmed. The minimum timeframe required to supply the duplicate keys is 20 days after all the formalities are completed. Please contact the Authorised Mahindra Dealer to understand the formalities involved.

Never leave the key in the ignition switch with children in the vehicle. A child could switch on the ignition, start the engine, operate power windows and other controls, or move the vehicle, resulting in personal injuries to the bystanders and/or children seated inside. Key Number Tag::

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-1 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..1 Doors

7..1..1 To Open a Door from IInsiide

Pull the door lever away from the door and push the door outward to open.

7..1..3 Lockiing / Unllockiing IIndiiviiduall Doors from IInsiide

Individual doors can be locked/unlocked from inside by the respective door lock tabs. Lift the lock tab outwards to unlock or press the tab inwards to lock that particular door.

7..1..2 To Open a Door from Outsiide A :: Lock B : Unllock Pull the door handle firmly outwards to unlock and swing the door open.

7-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS

Locking the driver / co-driver door from inside activates the A is provided in the driver door to lock/unlock the central locking system, thereby locking/unlocking ALL the doors manually from outside. doors of the vehicle. Refer to Central Locking section for further details. Locking the driver door from outside activates the central 7..1..4 Manuall Lockiing / Unllockiing Doors from Outsiide locking system, thereby locking ALL the doors of the vehicle. Refer to Central Locking section for further details. The driver/co-driver door can be manually locked/unlocked from outside by using conventional key. The key is bi-directional; you can insert it into the keyhole either way. Turn the key anti-clockwise to 7..1..5 Lockiing / Unllockiing the Back Door lock or clockwise to unlock the door. The tailgate is locked/unlocked when locking/unlocking the doors. To open the tailgate, press the switch located on the inner side of the tailgate door handle. Now tailgate is unlocked lift it up

A : Lock B : Unlock

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-3 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..2 Taiillgate Safety Rellease Lever

• Before closing the tailgate, ensure that none of your body Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release parts are trapped. Also, because the tailgate is heavy, it lever located on the bottom of the tailgate. When someone is might unexpectedly fall down and close. To prevent any inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment. injury, close the tailgate with caution You can open the tailgate inside the vehicle. • The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people 1. Open the cover. are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate • Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained • If you drive with the tailgate open, you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants. If you must drive with the tailgate open, keep the air vents and all windows open so 2. To unlock the tailgate, push the emergency safety release lever that additional outside air comes into the vehicle inside the trim panel to right side.

Cargo can fall out of an open tailgate while the vehicle is in motion, resulting in an unexpected accident. Do not travel with the tailgate open. Make sure that you close the tailgate before driving. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached objects if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving.

Remove any obstacles to interrupt closing the tailgate securely. 3. Push the tailgate to open.

7-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..3 Centrall Lockiing System

• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme All doors of the vehicle can be simultaneously locked or unlocked caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion from the driver/co-driver door and with the switch provided in quadruple switch. • For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in this vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the 7..3..1 Centrall Lockiing / Unllockiing Allll Doors from luggage compartment Outsiide • Do not allow children to play in cargo area. If they open the To manually lock/unlock all the doors from outside using the tailgate with the opening lever abruptly, it may cause a conventional key, turn the key anti-clockwise /clockwise respectively serious personal injury in the driver door keyhole. • No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash A : Lock B : Unlock

If any doors are open when central locking is activated, the system locks the open doors when they are closed.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-5 LOCKS AND KEYS Central locking ALL the doors in the vehicle can also be done To activate the child safety right rear door lock, insert the key and using the Remote key. Refer the relevant sections in this rotate towards anti-clockwise direction. chapter for more details. To de-activate the child safety right rear door lock, insert the key and rotate towards clockwise direction. 7..3..2 Centrall Lockiing / Unllockiing Allll Doors from IInsiide A :: Lock B : Unllock Press the driver and co-driver door lock tab down (A) to lock or lift the lock tab up (B) to unlock all doors simultaneously.

A :: Lock B :: Unllock

If the rear doors are not operable from inside, ensure that the child safety locks have been disabled. Mahindra strongly recommends that the child safety rear door 7..3..3 Chiilld Safety Rear Door Lock locks be used whenever there are children travelling in the rear seat. Your vehicle is equipped with left and right side child safety rear door locks. When the lock mechanism is engaged, the rear door(s) cannot be opened from the inside. The door(s) can only be opened from the outside.

7-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..4 Remote Keylless Entry (RKE) System (iif equiipped) Press the mechanical key release button to open the key blade.

The front side of the Remote has three control buttons: Unlock, Lock and Search button. There is also a mechanical key release button (E). The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system operates on Radio Frequency (RF). You can insert the key into the ignition with either side up.

A : Mechanical key release button B : Lock button C : Search button 7..4..1 Precautiions whiille Handlliing Remote Key D : Unlock button • Do not cover the key grip with any material that cuts off RF E : LED waves • Do not leave the key exposed to high temperatures for a long period, such as on the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight • Do not put the key in any liquid or wash it in an ultrasonic washer

7..4..2 Remote Key Status LED

LED present on Remote would be indicating the user about the Remote lock/unlock/trunk button input and also health of Remote battery.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-7 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..4..3 To Lock and Arm the Vehiiclle wiith Remote 7..4..4 Unllock and Diisarm the Vehiiclle wiith Remote

Press the lock button on the Remote for locking and arming the Press the unlock button on the Remote to unlock and disarm the vehicle. vehicle. When the vehicle is unlocked and disarmed using Remote, Hazard lamps and flash twice. When the vehicle is successfully locked and armed using the Remote, the hazard lamps and buzzer will flash once. If there are any doors open, the hazard lamps flash five times along with audible beeps indicating the same.

7..4..5 Theft Allarm

If there was an unauthorised attempt to open/start the vehicle by • If any of the doors, are open while locking the vehicle with someone from the time you had locked and armed the vehicle to Remote, the vehicle locks all doors (door locks) irrespective of the time you press the unlock button of Remote, the hazard lamps the open door/doors. When the open door (s) is/are closed flash four times along with an alarm indicating the attempt. later, the vehicle is locked and armed If this occurs, press the “UNLOCK” button on the Remote to disarm the security alarm.

7-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS vehicle. To extend the search, press the search button again which will flash the hazard lamps and burglar horn for another 30 secs. Using the ignition key to open the door, when the vehicle was Again press the search button on the Remote for more than 1 locked and armed with Remote will be treated as unauthorised second or un-lock button on the remote to de-actiivate the search by the system setting off the alarm. function. When vehicle is armed by Remote , opening the door from inside by operating the door inner handle will activate the vehicle theft alarm. Press the unlock button on the Remote to The head lamps also turn ON when UNLOCK button is pressed cancel the alarm. twice (enabling the Lead Me to Vehicle (LMV) feature). For the first UNLOCK command, the doors are unlocked, and for the 7..4..6 Search Functiion next UNLOCK command, the head lamps turn ON enabling you to safely board/locate the vehicle in the night. If horn is in Mute condition, only hazard lamps will flash for 30 seconds during search function. Search function works both during Locked/Unlocked conditions of the vehicle.

7..4..7 Auto Lockiing

This feature enables all doors to lock automatically, when all doors are closed and vehicle speed if greater than 20 kmph. The search function can be used to locate the vehicle in a parking lot. Press the search button on the Remote for more than 1 sec. 7..4..8 Auto Re-llockiing (iif applliicablle) continuously to actiivate the search function. After unlocking the vehicle using Remote, if none of the doors are When the Search function is ON, the hazard lamps and burglar opened in 45 seconds Auto re-lock of all doors will happen. horn will flash for approx. 30 secs. helping you to locate your

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-9 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..4..9 Auto Re-llock on Master Actuator Unllock 7..4..12 Auto Unllock On IIgniitiion OFF

Once Auto locking happened and if the Master Actuator was When Ignition is switched off, all doors will get unlocked unlocked at any vehicle speed, next Auto lock will reoccur when the automatically, if locked. vehicle speed goes below 5 kmph and again crosses 20 kmph with all the doors in closed condition. There are no visual indications for this operation.

7..4..10 Auto Re-llock On Any Door Open 7..4..13 Auto Unllock Upon Crash

Once Auto locking is occurred, and if any door is opened when In vehicles equipped with airbags, Auto Unlock of doors takes place vehicle speed is less than 5 kmph, Auto Lock will reoccur only when in case of an unfortunate event of an accident and airbags are vehicle speed crosses 20 kmph in all doors closed and master deployed. actuator in lock condition. 7..4..14 Thermall Protectiion 7..4..11 Antii Lockout Door lock mechanism does not respond to remote/CDL requests, This feature will not allow the doors to lock, if any door is open and if Lock / Unlock are performed 8 or more times within 20 seconds. someone tries to lock the doors by using inside master actuator. Lock/Unlock will not happen for 20 seconds and after lapse of this However, if repeatedly attempt to lock for 3 times then, doors will time limit, it will function normally. get locked.

7-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..4..15 Remote Key Operatiing Range transmitter, mobile or CB radios may lead to reduction in range of Remote key Using Remote, you can lock/arm or unlock/disarm the vehicle from • Check the Remote key battery: See battery replacement distances approx. 30ft. (9m). procedure, given later in this section • If the Remote key is still not working correctly, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer

7..4..16 IIf Remote Key iis Lost

If you have lost the programmed Remote key, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for procuring a new Remote key. While programming a new key set, you will have to submit all the keys available with you, to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

Please note that there is a limitation (max. 2 keys at a time) to If there is reduction in Remote range, please follow the steps the number of keys that can be ordered. The minimum below: timeframe required to supply the duplicate keys is 20 days after all the formalities are completed. Please contact the • Check the distance: The Remote key may be too far from the Authorised Mahindra Dealer to understand the formalities vehicle. Stand closer to the vehicle during rain or bad involved. weather If you make your own duplicate key, you will not be able to • Check the location: Other vehicles or objects may be blocking deactivate the theft detent devices or start the engine. the signals. Take a few steps to the left or right, hold the Remote key higher, and try again. Moreover, closeness to a If the key is stolen or lost, communicate to an Authorised radio transmitter such as radio station tower, airport Mahindra Dealer for de-activating the function of the lost or

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-11 LOCKS AND KEYS stolen key. This is essential to avoid unauthorised access using The front side of the Smart Key has three control buttons: Lock (B) the misplaced key. and Panic button (C), Unlock (D). There is also a emergency key Only Remote key transmitters programmed to your vehicle release button (A), which releases a mechanical key for emergency electronics can be used for remote locking and unlocking of purposes (E.g. when PKE battery is low). To remove the metal key, your vehicle. press and hold the release button (B) and pull the mechanical key out. 7..5 Smart Key System/Passiive Keylless Entry (PKE) (iif equiipped)

Smart Key System enables you to enter or exit your vehicle without the need to manually lock/unlock the doors. You can start/stop, lock or unlock the vehicle using Smart Key. To do this, you only need to carry the Smart Key with you.

A : Mechanical key release button B : Lock button C : Search button D : Unlock button • When locking or unlocking with Smart Key, the distance E : LED between the Smart Key and the corresponding door handle must not be greater than 3ft (1m). • Do not cover the key grip with any material that cuts off RF waves Remote Key Panic alarm feature is not available in Smart Key • Do not leave the key exposed to high temperatures for a variants. long period, such as on the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight

7-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS

• Do not put the key in any liquid or wash it in an ultrasonic 5. Make sure that the doors are locked by pulling at the outside washer door handles • The Smart Key can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity Carrying the Smart Key along with you, you can lock or unlock the • Key should be in the proximity of less than 0.7m from the doors and tail door and even start and stop the engine without outside door handle inserting the key. Functions of the buttons on a Smart Key is similar • Vehicle can be locked centrally by pressing the button in the to the remote keyless entry. door handle nearer to the PKE (PKE should be nearer to the triggered side). E.g., locking/unlocking of the co-driver door Lockiing the vehiiclle:: is possible only if PKE is around the co-driver area 1. Carry the Smart Key • Even after pressing the outside door handle button, if the 2. Close all the doors doors do not lock, a chime is heard for 5 times, then one of 3. Press the button in the door handle the following situations are true: – A Smart Key is kept inside the vehicle – The vehicle/key is in IGN ON or ACC ON position – One of the doors not closed properly • On attempting to lock by pressing the button in door handle, the chime will sound for 3 times if the steering is not locked • With the one Smart Key inside, on locking the vehicle using the remote lock button, the key which is kept inside would get deactivated completely for the security of the vehicle. In order to make the key to active again, the vehicle should be 4. The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate the locking (5 blinks will be provided if engine hood is open while locking) unlocked either using Smart Key or by pressing remote unlock

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-13 LOCKS AND KEYS

Unllockiing the vehiiclle: 1. Carry the Smart Key 2. Press the button in the door handle 3. All doors would unlock and hazard warning lights will blink twice

• Key should be in the proximity of less than 0.7m from the outside door handle • Vehicle can be unlocked centrally by pressing the button in • Before closing the tailgate, ensure that none of your body the door handle only when the key is in same side of the door parts are trapped. Also, because the tailgate is heavy, it where the button is pressed might unexpectedly fall down and close. To prevent any Unllockiing the Taiill door allone:: injury, close the tailgate with caution • The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people The tailgate is locked/unlocked when locking/unlocking the doors. are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate To open the tailgate, touch the opening switch inner side of the • Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where tailgate door handle with the tailgate unlocked, and then lift it up. no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be In theft deterrent mode, you can unlock only the tailgate by pressing properly restrained the tailgate switch with the smart key. The tailgate will be locked again when closing it. • If you drive with the tailgate open, you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious If the smart key felt inside unknowingly and if tail door closed, all the injury or death to vehicle occupants. If you must drive with doors will unlock automatically with hazard and buzzer blinks twice. the tailgate open, keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional outside air comes into the vehicle

7-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS

Cargo can fall out of an open tailgate while the vehicle is in motion, resulting in an unexpected accident. Do not travel with the tailgate open. Make sure that you close the tailgate before driving. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached objects if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving. Remove any obstacles to interrupt closing the tailgate securely. Mute/Unmute the Allarm/Beeps The alarm or beeps heard when one of the doors are open can be 7..5..1 Engiine START/STOP Button muted/unmuted. Press the lock button for more than 1 secs. to swap between mute and unmute. The engine can be started or stopped by the presence of the Smart Key inside the vehicle.

Only the door open beeps and alarm can be muted. The PKE alerts cannot be muted.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-15 LOCKS AND KEYS

Whenever the doors are opened, the engine start/stop button If the engine is not switching off by pressing the engine start/ will be illuminated and go off after few seconds. stop button (one press), press and hold the engine start/stop button for more than 3 seconds or rapidly press and release Upon any fault identification by the system in the start/stop switch, the engine start/stop button 3 times within 3 seconds. On an alert would be provided in the Instrument cluster. Please visit the doing so, the vehicle ignition status is changed to ACC position nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately to rectify the till 30 seconds, then it will change to OFF position. Contact the problem. nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer at the earliest. Your vehicle is equipped with electronic anti-theft steering column lock. The steering wheel locks when the engine start/stop button is Even with the failure in the start/stop switch, vehicle's normal in OFF position to protect against the theft. The steering wheel locks function may work which depends on the severity of the failure. automatically when the driver door is opened or 25 seconds after Please visit the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer to rectify engine start/stop button changes to OFF position. If the steering the problem immediately. wheel is not locked properly when you open the driver door and on Engiine start/stop button posiitiions:: attempting to lock the vehicle, a warning chirp along with the hazard blinks thrice. Try locking the steering wheel again (by To operate the engine start/stop switch to its intended function, toggling Engine Start/Stop button). If the problem is not solved, we Smart Key should be inside the vehicle. recommend to take the vehicle to nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately. OFF ON To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle and press the engine start/ stop button once. Status LED in the engine start/stop button goes To switch ON the ignition, press the engine start/stop button when OFF to indicate the OFF position. the switch position is in OFF/ACC without depressing the clutch pedal and with the Smart Key inside the vehicle. Status LED in the engine start/stop button will turn Red to indicate the IGN ON position and the vehicle is ready for starting.

7-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS • If the key is not detected inside the vehicle or far away from the driver which is not in detectable position Keeping the vehicle in ignition ON position for longer time without engine running, would drain the battery. Turn OFF the ignition if engine is not to be started. Vehicle ignition would not turn to ON position on any of the following conditions: • If the electronic steering lock is not getting unlocked – A warning would be displayed in the Instrument cluster. If the steering wheel doesn’t unlock properly, press the start/stop button while turning the steering wheel right/left to release the tension on the lock. – A warning would be displayed in the Instrument cluster along with a beep sound for a few secs. Bring the Smart Key inside the vehicle if not in the vehicle or keep the key away from any electronic gadgets to allow the system to detect the key – If still the key is not detected, the key battery might be low. Press the start/stop button once and while the status LED in the button is blinking RED, bring the key fob on top of the start/stop button and hold for few seconds till status LED changes to permanent RED. Once start/stop status LED turns RED, press Start/Stop button to turn ON IGN immediately Still, if you are not able to turn ON the IGN, please contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Service Centre.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-17 LOCKS AND KEYS

Startiing the vehiiclle To start the engine, press the clutch and press the engine start/ stop button once with the key inside the vehicle. The engine can be started from any position (OFF / ACC / ON) of the start/stop switch.

Ensure the gear lever is in neutral position before starting.

• When engine start/stop button is ON or engine is in running condition with vehicle at standstill and if any door is opened, the If engine start/stop button is pressed without pressing the system checks for the Smart Key. If the Smart Key is not inside clutch pedal, engine will not start and the vehicle power modes the vehicle, an alert in the Instrument cluster is displayed along will change as follows: OFF→ ON →OFF→ ON with a chirp for 5 times to indicate key not detected inside If the engine start/stop button is pressed from the OFF position directly, along with the clutch in depressed position, there may be a small delay in the engine cranking. This is normal and not to be taken as a fault. Never press the engine start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of direction control and braking function, leading to an accident. Once the engine is started, it would not stop even if the key is not inside the vehicle. Before leaving the driver seat, always Bring the Smart Key inside the vehicle or keep the key in the make sure engine start/stop button is in OFF position and detectable position whenever you are inside the vehicle.

7-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS always take the Smart Key with you. Vehicle safety and security would be affected if these precautions are not followed. In case of any failure in clutch pedal sensor, engine can be started by pressing the start/stop button continuously for 10 seconds without depressing the clutch pedal. Emergency stop To turn the engine OFF in an emergency, press and hold the engine start/stop button for more than 2 seconds or rapidly press and release the engine start/stop button 3 times within 3 seconds. On doing so, the vehicle ignition is changed to ACC position. If key fob battery is detected low by the system, an alert would be triggered while turning OFF the ignition. Change the battery by If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine (without following the procedure as mentioned in the section for battery depressing the brake pedal) by: pressing the engine start/stop replacement. button, pressing the clutch, gear lever in N position. BACK up Start If the key fob battery is low, the key may not be detected. In such a situation, press the start/stop button once while the status LED in the button is blinking green, bring the key fob on top of the start/ stop button and hold it there for few seconds till status LED changes to permanent green. Once start/stop status LED turns green, press start/stop button to turn ON IGN immediately.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-19 LOCKS AND KEYS

Key fob battery low can be detected only if the key has been continuously used in the vehicle. Keeping the key outside the vehicle for longer duration and then using it with the drained battery cannot be detected.

7..5..2 Smart Key Warniing

When a smart key is left inside the vehicle and all doors are closed, LCD display shows this message for 10 seconds if you lock the door LCD display shows this message for 10 seconds if the Smart Key using the other smart key. battery is weak when you press the engine Start/Stop button. Replace the battery with new one.

LCD display shows this message if you leave the vehicle with the Smart Key when the engine Start/Stop button is ON or Start LCD display shows this message when engine start fails due to the position. battery discharged Smart Key and etc.

7-20 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..5..3 Vehiiclle Lockiing/Unllockiing iin an Emergency Siituatiion

If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the doors by using the mechanical key: 1. To remove the mechanical key, press and hold the release button in the side of the key fob and pull the mechanical key head. 2. Insert the key into the keyhole in the door nearer to the door handle. Turn the key towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock LCD display shows this message for 10 seconds when there is and turn it towards the front to lock. malfunction on the engine Start/Stop button or Smart Key system. 3. To reinstal the mechanical key, put the key into the key fob and If the message appears constantly, bring your vehicle to Authorised push it until a click is heard Mahindra Dealer for checkup.

It is strictly not advisable to leave the key fobs in the vehicle. Vehicle can be started by any unauthorised person. A maximum of 2 Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you lose a key, we strictly recommend to contact Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately to block the lost key and to get a new key. The Smart Key may not work if any of the following occurs: • The Smart Key is close to a radio station, airport or an area where there is a possibility of large radio transmissions which can interfere with the normal operation of the Smart Key

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-21 LOCKS AND KEYS • The Smart Key is near a mobile or a cellular phone or some 7..6 IIf Smart Key iis Lost electronic gadgets like Laptop/Tablets. The signal from the Smart Key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell If you have lost the programmed Smart Key, contact an Authorised phone or smartphone. Avoid placing the Smart Key and your Mahindra Dealer for procuring a new Smart Key. electronic gadgets in the same trouser or jacket pocket or in the bag and maintain adequate distance between the two devices While programming a new key set, you will have to submit all the keys available with you, to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. • Another vehicle Smart Key is being operated close to your vehicle

• Smart Key kept inside the glove box or top bin in the instrument Please note that there is a limitation (max. 2 keys at a time) to panel may not be detected sometimes. Keep the Smart Key in the number of keys that can be ordered. The minimum the visible zone or in your pocket for getting it detected timeframe required to supply the duplicate keys is 10 days • Keep the Smart Key away from the water or any liquid. If the after all the formalities are completed. Please contact the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or Authorised Mahindra Dealer to understand the formalities liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle involved. warranty If you make your own duplicate key, you will not be able to deactivate the anti-theft devices or start the engine. If the key is stolen or lost, communicate to an Authorised Make sure the vehicle ignition is in OFF state, whenever leaving Mahindra Dealer for de-activating the function of the lost or the vehicle even with the key. By keeping the vehicle ignition in stolen key. This is essential to avoid unauthorised access using ON/ACC state will hamper the vehicle security. the misplaced key. Do not hand over the Smart Key to any unauthorised person or Only Smart Key transmitters programmed to your vehicle service provider. Your vehicle security system may be electronics can be used for remote locking and unlocking of compromised in doing so. your vehicle.

7-22 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS

7..7 Battery Repllacement for Remote Key/Smart Key 1. Remove the cover at the back side of the Remote Key/Smart Key using a smallest flat screwdriver while taking care not to Repllaciing Procedures:: damage it. 2. Slide the battery press and pull of the battery spring. 3. Use only specified battery (CR2032). Make sure that the battery is installed in correct direction. 4. Instal the battery in the reverse order of removal.

• Use only the specified battery. Otherwise, the remote control key may not work properly • Make sure that the battery is installed in correct direction • Dispose the used battery in accordance with local regulations • Both Remote Key and Smart Key are not completely water- proof. Repairing or replacing a damaged key due to water exposure (e. g. Drink, moisture, etc.) will not be covered by your warranty

7..7..1 Battery Speciifiicatiion

Battery Voltage 3 V

Battery Capacity 225 mAh

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-23 LOCKS AND KEYS 7..8 Theft Detent Warniing System 7..9..1 Features of the IImmobiilliiser System

7..8..1 Armiing of Vehiiclle • Prevents the vehicle being started by anyone not in possession of the correct vehicle key Once all the doors are closed and locked with remote by pressing • The vehicle is automatically protected after the key is removed lock button, Theft Detent warning system would get activated. from the ignition. At every ignition ON, if the vehicle does not recognise the correct , the engine check lamp will 7..8..2 Theft Detent Triigger illuminate/blink and the engine cannot be started • The vehicle will not be protected until the key has been taken out If any one tries to manipulate the Ignition or manually opens the of the ignition doors or manually unlocks the doors, Theft Detent warning system alarm is activated by blinking the turn lamps and blowing Burglar horn for 27 secs. If the engine check lamp flashes or remains continuously Once the alarm is triggered, it can be disabled by pressing unlock illuminated after the ignition being switched ON, there is a button on remote or switching on the Ignition by using valid key. system malfunction. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately. 7..9 Engiine IImmobiilliiser System Inserting the correct coded key in the ignition and switching the ignition ON, automatically deactivates the system. This enables the An Engine Immobiliser System is a security system that prevents engine to start. the vehicle from being operated by unauthorised keys. The Engine immobiliser prevents the engine from being started unless it recognises signals from the correct coded key. When a wrong key is inserted or a theft attempt is detected, the alarm is set off, and In the event of the vehicle not starting with the correct key, the hazard lamps flash along with a siren. switch off the ignition for a minimum of 1 minute and attempt to start the vehicle again. The system is automatically activated when the key is removed from the ignition.

7-24 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 LOCKS AND KEYS

Do not modify, remove or disassemble the engine immobiliser system. Any unauthorised changes or modifications can affect proper operation of the system and will void your warranty.

The security system will be activated only when the vehicle is locked using the Smart Key. Locking the doors with the manual key will not activate the security system. Using the ignition key to open the door, when the vehicle was locked and armed with Smart Key will be treated as unauthorised by the system setting off the alarm. Press the unlock button on the Smart Key to cancel the alarm.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 7-25

FEATURES AND CONTROL 8 FEATURES AND CONTROL • Power window safety switch that enables/disables power window operation of rear doors when operated independently 8..1 Quadruplle Swiitch from the respective doors

A : ORVM Folding/Unfolding 8..1..1 Power Wiindows Switch B : Aiming Switch Power windows can be operated only when the ignition is “ON” position. C : Driver Door Window Switch D : Rear RH Window Switch Power Window Control after IGN OFF - The power window control E : Door Lock/Unlock Switch will be available for 30 seconds after IGN OFF condition. F : Window Lock Switch The driver can operate all the power windows in the vehicle through G : Rear LH Window Switch the quadruple switch on the driver door armrest/handle. H : Passenger’s Window Switch I : Mirror Selection Switch

The quadruple power window switch on the driver door armrest/ handle controls the following functions: • Both LH and RH ORVM folding • ORVM selector • ORVM adjustment

• Power window functions of all doors in the vehicle Other passengers in the vehicle can raise or lower their respective window glasses individually by using the separate switches provided on each of the door trim pads/.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-1 FEATURES AND CONTROL To lower/raise the window glass push/pull, the power window 8..1..2 Power Wiindow Lock Swiitch switches respectively. The main power window quadruple switch in the driver door trim has a power window lock switch to enable or disable operation of rear passenger window switches. Do not operate the power windows frequently when the engine is OFF. This will drain the vehicle battery. To disable the rear passenger power windows, press the window If you operate the switches often during a short period of time, lock switch down. the system might become inoperable for a certain duration to To revert to normal operation, press the window lock switch again. prevent damage due to overheating. The system will return to normal functioning shortly. It is recommended to operate one window switch at a time.

While operating the power windows, check for obstructions like head, hand, etc. which may lead to personal injuries.

Power Window Control after IGN OFF - The power window control will be available for 30 seconds after IGN OFF condition.

8-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL

8..1..3 Smart Power Wiindow wiith Antii-Piinch (applliicablle Auto DOWN for driiver door onlly) (iif equiipped) Press the power window switch down for a moment and release. Smart power window is one of the significant safety features with The glass moves all the way down automatically. You do not need to the anti-pinch function, which automatically reverses the direction of hold the switch till the glass comes down. glass if an obstruction is detected during the express up mode. Antii--Piinch duriing Auto UP This feature consists of three functions: During Auto UP if any obstacle is detected with the force value • Auto UP ranging between 70~100 N (~7-10 kg), the controller senses the load and reverses the direction of the glass to downward direction • Auto DOWN for almost full stroke length. • Anti-Pinch during Auto UP However, if the force against the glass is less than the specified value, then this function does not operate.

If power window anti-pinch is used continuously for more than 20 times, the power window express feature will have thermal cut off and it will not operate for 20 seconds and after that for one cycle it will operate and once the temperature comes to nominal, then it will start operating normally. Extended Power Wiindow

Auto UP All doors power windows can be rolled UP/DOWN within 30 seconds after ignition off. Pull the power window switch up for a moment and release. The glass moves all the way up automatically. You do not need to hold the switch till the glass closes.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-3 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..2 Miirrors 8..2..2 Ellectriic ORVM (iif equiipped)

8..2..1 Manuall ORVM (iif equiipped)

The electric exterior mirror adjustment switch is located on the driver door trim/handle. The joystick on the switch can be used to Integrated exterior rearview mirrors on both the sides facilitate select the left/right mirror and also to adjust the respective mirror. maximum rear view information to the driver. Both the ORVMs are hinged and can be manually folded or 8..2..3 Ellectriic Folldablle ORVM (iif equiipped) unfolded. This avoids hindrances in narrow areas and parking slots. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support, while Miirror Folld Functiion folding or unfolding. To fold the ORVM assembly, press towards the right side of the switch with ignition ON condition. ORVM will get fold automatically when: Objects seen in convex mirrors are much closer than they appear. Do not overestimate the distance of the objects that • Key is in out condition, Mirror is already in unfold condition and you see in the mirrors. RKE LOCK is pressed

8-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL ORVM will get unfold automatically when:

For Auto fold function, the switch should be in neutral position. • Key is in out condition, Mirror is already in folded condition and ORVM switch is neutral condition and IGN is made ON

8..3 IInteriior Rearviiew Miirror (IIRVM)

The interior rearview mirror provides the rearview information to the driver and also aids during reversing.

8..3..1 Antii-Gllare Auto Adjjustment Functiion (iif equiipped)

Miirror Unfolld Functiion

A IRVM D Indicator B Brightness E Front Sensor Anti-glare auto C adjustment switch To unfold the ORVM assembly, press towards the left side of the switch with ignition ON condition.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-5 FEATURES AND CONTROL The reflection rate of the inside rearview mirror can be • For your safety, adjust the mirror before driving off the automatically adjusted by the light intensity from a vehicle behind vehicle you by pressing the anti-glare auto adjustment switch. While pressing the switch, its corresponding indicator comes on. 8..3..2 Manuall Type (iif equiipped) Pressing the switch once more turns off the indicator and deactivates the function.

• Under the following conditions, automatic anti-glare function may not operate properly • When the rear vehicle’s headlamp is not beamed directly to theinside rearview mirror’s sensor • When the rear window has a dark tinted glass • When the gear selector lever is in the R position, automatic You can manually adjust the rearview mirror by pushing or pulling antiglare function will be cancelled to obtain the best its adjusting lever to avoid blindness at night due to other vehicles rearview behind you • For your safety, never adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion When you are not able to see the back of your vehicle at night, adjust the rearview mirror by holding the mirror body and • The electrolyte may come out when the mirror is broken. Do pushing or pulling it to a desired angle so that you can secure a not allow it to contact your skin or eyes. If you accidentally clear rear view. get it in your eyes, flush with water and see your doctor

8-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL

8..4 Storage Compartments Luggage Flloor Liid at Upper Posiitiion (Fllat Flloor)

8..4..1 Luggage Compartment

In Luggage compartment, there are two levels of lid positions (Upper and Lower) provided in the rear side trims. Position can be varied as per required volume of objects (higher and lower). The default vehicle assembly condition of Luggage Floor Lid at Lower Position. Luggage Flloor Liid at Lower Posiitiion

This position can be used during Flat Floor condition (Second row seat folded condition) For using this position the spacer which is available below tool kit organiser to be removed and fixed on the top of the organiser as per the illustration.

During normal driving condition luggage floor lid position should be at the lower position. In this position luggage floor lid will be rested on toolkit organiser above the spare wheel directly.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-7 FEATURES AND CONTROL

Fllat Flloor Posiitiion Fiixiing Procedure Rotate the Spacer tool tray (Which is provided along with Tool kit organiser at the bottom) anti-clockwise direction to remove from Lift and remove the luggage floor lid as shown in the illustration. Tool kit organiser.

Remove the tool kit organiser from the spare wheel. Fix the Spacer Tool tray on top of the tool kit organiser as shown in the illustration.

8-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL

Match the Locator in Spacer tool tray to be inserted in the hole on Tool kit organiser (Identified with arrow mark) to place Spacer tool tray on top of Tool kit organiser.

In this position to carry the light weight objects like, Cycle, TV and similar size of objects. Follow the reverse procedure to relocate the normal position.

Then refix the Tool kit organiser to the spare wheel and alter the Do not place the Luggage Floor Lid at the top position with out Luggage floor lid at the upper position. keeping proper support (spacer) at the bottom which is To get the flat floor position when rear seat is in folded condition provided along with toolkit organiser. Otherwise there is a risk with proper support at the bottom of Luggage Floor Lid. of breakage of Luggage floor Lid, if it is loaded with out spacer support

Maximum loading condition of Luggage floor lid at lower position is 60Kgs.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-9 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..4..2 Front Storage 8..4..3 Sun Gllass Hollder

Roof mounted sun glass holder is an integral part of the front interior lamp.

The front storage is located under the front centre panel. You can use it for small items. Press the lid to release the latch and lower the holder. It is strategically positioned to be accessed easily by both the driver and front passenger. Be cautious of items falling or interrupting the control of the gear selector lever

Do not access the sun glass holder while you are driving. It may distract your concentration and could lead to an accident.

8-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..4..4 Gllove Box 8..4..5 Centre Storage

The glove box is located just below the Left side of Instrument panel. The centre storage is mounted upon the glove box. To open, gently pull the lever and lower the lid. To close the glove box, raise the lid all the way up and gently press to lock the lid.

It is suggested to keep copies of all vehicle documents along with A cold/hot beverage placed in the storage may be thrown out the Owner’s Manual Kit in the glove box for reference when needed. or cause a burn. Use the cup holder for beverages. There is also a pen holder inside the glove box for convenience.

To avoid the possibility of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, glove box lids should be kept closed when the vehicle is in motion.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-11 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..4..6 Consolle Storage

By pressing up the console knob, you can use the compartment in the console storage. You can use the console storage by lifting up the console lid with The console storage can be used as an armrest for both the driver the knob. and the passenger.

To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. Do not store items that are damageable or cause noises since they can move around in the compartment while driving. Do not store any flammable materials such as cigarette lighter in the console box or other space. In hot weather, they may explode and cause a fire.

You can store a max. 10-inch mobile device (Galaxy tab, iPad, etc.) in the centre console storage.

8-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL

8..4..7 Front Cup Hollder/Rear Cup Hollder and Armrest Rear cup hollder and armrest (iif equiipped) (iif equiipped)

Front Cup Hollder::

The cup holders are located on both the left and right side trims.

The cup holder located in the floor console between the front seats, It can be used for small cups or cans that are closed or have a lid. Only sealed cups/cans with lid to be used in the cup holders.

Use caution when using the cup holders. A spilled beverage that is very hot can injure driver or passengers. Spilled liquids can also damage interior trim and electrical components. Any spilled beverage can also startle the driver and cause a loss of control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-13 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..4..8 Bottlle Hollder 8..4..9 Seat Back/Magaziine Pocket

Bottle holders are located on both the front door lower trims. You can The seat back pockets are located on the back of the front seats use them to store maps, papers, small books, bottles, etc. for holding lightweight papers/books/magazines, etc.

Only sealed/closed bottles are to be used in the bottle holders. To avoid injury, do not place large or hard objects in the seat back pockets. Do not put more than 1 kg weight in seat back pockets.

8-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL

8..4..10 Assiist Griip and Coat Hook Coat Hook

Assiist Griip The second row outboard passenger seats grip handles feature a coat hook for hanging your coat, shirts, etc. Foldable grip handles are provided above the front (passenger only) and second row outboard seats.

Hang lightweight articles only. Hanging excess/bulky weight/ items may cause breakage of the hook and inconvenience to the passengers.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-15 FEATURES AND CONTROL

8..5 Sun Viisor Tiicket Hollder

8..5..1 Sun Viisor and Tiicket Hollder

Sun Viisor Use the sun visor to shield the direct sunlight through the front or side windows. To shield the sunlight through the windshield, pull it downward. To shield the sunlight through the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket and swing it to the side. Tickets and cards can be stored.

• Adjusting the sun visor or using the mirror or ticket holder on the sun visor while driving may cause an accident by taking your attention away or blocking your view • Adjust and use the sun visor when the vehicle is not in move

8-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..5..2 Vaniity Miirror and Lamp (iif equiipped) 8..6 Horn

Press the pad on the steering wheel to blow/sound the horn. The horn functions even when the ignition has been switched OFF.

Vaniity Miirror and Lamp Swing the sun visor down and open the cover to reveal the mirror, then the lamp will come on.

Do not adjust the sun visor while the vehicle is in motion. Tiicket Hollder Tickets and cards can be stored.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-17 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..7 Sunroof (iif equiipped) • When leaving the vehicle unattended, be sure to completely close the sunroof. Otherwise, there is a great risk of vehicle Sunroof Swiitch theft. Or, the interior of the vehicle will be wet when it rains or snows The sunroof cover opens and closes manually. • When the sunroof is slid to its complete open position, the wind buffet phenomenon can increase. If this happens, adjust by opening the sunroof or only open two-thirds of the sunroof by using only the first step of the opening system • When operating the sunroof, be aware of safety conditions before operation. Parts of the body can be trapped • Clean up the circumference of sunroof regularly. Otherwise, operating the sunroof may cause a noise due to foreign material and dirt • Opening the sunroof or driving with the sunroof open after a car wash or rain may lead to water entering • Even though the sunroof can be operated when the ignition • Close the sunroof while driving in the dusty environment. The key is in the ON position (the engine is not running), dusts or particles entered can cause operating problems operating the sunroof repeatedly with the engine turned off • If a roof rack system is installed on the vehicle roof or any will run down the battery. Operate the sunroof while the cargo is secured to the roof rack, do not operate the engine is running sunroof. If you are required to operate the sunroof, carefully • When a desired sunroof operation is completed, release the check that the roof rack system does not interfere with the switch. If you keep pressing the switch, it could cause a sunroof and it is safe to open the sunroof malfunction. Especially in winter, never operate the sunroof if moving areas are iced. Wait until the areas are deiced

8-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL pushing up and holding the sunroof switch again, the sunroof is completely opened (second step). • Make sure that no passenger sticks out head, hand or any part of his/her body out of the sunroof opening while driving. Push up and hold the switch: manual sliding open There is a risk of personal injury when the vehicle is stopped The sunroof is opened as long as pushing up the switch. suddenly Cllose • Before operating the sunroof, make sure that no head, hand, finger, or any object is capable of being trapped. There is a risk of personal injury or even death

8..7..1 Sunroof Slliidiing Operatiion

Open: 2--Step Openiing

Pull down the switch briefly: auto sliding close When pulling down the sunroof switch briefly, the sunroof is automatically closed completely. To stop the sunroof, pull or push the switch at desired position while moving. Pull down and hold the switch: manual sliding close The sunroof is closed as long as pulling down the switch. Push up the switch briefly: 2-step auto sliding open When pushing up the sunroof switch briefly, the sunroof is automatically opened by two-third of its travel (first step). When

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-19 FEATURES AND CONTROL

8..7..2 Sunroof Tiilltiing Operatiion Antii--Piinch Functiion (iif equiipped)

Tiillt UP To prevent any body parts from being trapped by the sliding sunroof, an Anti-Pinch Function automatically opens the sunroof The rear side of the sunroof is tilted up when pulling down the when an object is trapped. sunroof switch with the sunroof closed. Tiillt DOWN • This safety function is available for the auto sliding sunroof The rear side of the sunroof is tilted down when pushing up the close sunroof switch with the sunroof tilted up. • The anti-Pinch function is deactivated just before the sunroof closes • Sunroof safety function is supplemental and not always operable depending on circumstances (e. g. any electrical device in the vehicle, etc.), therefore, the driver should check safety at all times before operating the sunroof

8-20 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL • The sunroof does not completely close or open by operating the switch once When operating the sunroof, be aware of safety conditions before operation. Parts of the body can be trapped. • The sunroof slides back to close. But the operation does not stop even after a complete close and tilts up the sunroof Do not stick out any part of your body out of the sunroof even in stationary. • The opening gap remarkably decreases for the sliding open or tilt up Sunroof Open Warniing Buzzer • The sunroof does not work When opening the driver’s door after the ignition key is removed Recalliibratiing the Sunroof Startiing Poiint with the sunroof open, the buzzer will sound to alert you that the sunroof is opened. The buzzer will automatically turn off when If you pull and hold the Close switch for 5 seconds while the rear closing the door. After this, the buzzer will not sound even though side of the sunroof is tilted up, the sunroof starting point will be the door is opened again. recalibrated with a thumping sound. Wiind Buffetiing If the sunroof still does not operate properly after recalibrating the start point, bring your vehicle in to a Authorised Mahindra Service When you drive this vehicle with the window or sunroof open at a center for an inspection. certain position, you may feel some pressure upon your ears or hear some noises similar to those from a helicopter. This happens because of an influx in air through the window or sunroof and its resonance effect. If this happens, adjust by opening the window or sunroof. Battery Diischarge or Power Faiillure whiille Operatiing Sunroof If the sunroof is stopped midway due to a discharged battery or power failure, you need to re-calibrate the starting point of the sunroof. In addition, the following cases need the recalibration.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-21 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..7..3 Sunroof Serviice Checkiing Procedure

• Open the Sunroof Do not blow air in drain hose channel before cleaning it manually – as the bigger leaves may go inside and block drain hose.

• Check all 4 Rail channel corners for mud or Dust/Leaf present in it • After cleaning of all visible particles, blow air into drain hose channel area to clean hose for mud in this area • Now pour 1 litre of water in rain channel and check if water is draining or not

If water is not draining kindly contact the Authorised Mahindra Dealer or Authorised Mahindra Service Centre.

• Move the leafs/Dust to centre of rain channel and then remove it by hand

8-22 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..8 IInteriior Lamps A : Spot Lamp Switch Interior lamps comprise front/rear roof lamps, ambience lamps (Passenger’s) and ignition key ring illumination. These lamps can be used for an B : Main Room Lamp Switch (Auto illuminated entry. In auto mode, the roof lamps (courtesy lamps) Mode) and ignition key ring illuminate when any of the doors are opened. C : Spot Lamp Switch (Driver’s) Once all doors are closed, the interior lamps switch OFF. D: Sunroof Switch 8..8..1 Front Roof Lamp

The front roof lamps are located in the roof console above the 8..8..2 Centre Room Lamp interior rearview mirror. The centre room lamp comes on when pressing in this switch. It The roof lamp can be switched ON pressing the ON switch A & C. goes out when pressing in the switch again. However, if the main Press the switch again to switch OFF the roof lamp. Also the lamp room lamp switch is in Auto/door position, this lamp comes on/ goes off once the Lock button in RKE/PKE is pressed and the same goes off when opening/closing a door. will be ON again when it is un-lock button in RKE/PKE is pressed It can not be switched off independently in auto mode For Auto mode - Auto Mode switch (B) is in pressed condition the roof lamp will be ON when any of the doors are opened. And the lamp will go off once the doors are closed.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-23 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..8..3 Gllove Box Lamp (iif equiipped)

This lamp is located inside the Glove box. It will get switched ON when Glove box is opened and switch OFF when it is closed only if parking lamp is ON condition.

8..8..5 Luggage Room Lamp Swiitch

8..8..4 Door Courtesy Lamp (iif equiipped)

The door ajar lamp is present in both front doors. The respective door lamp illuminates when that particular door is open or improperly locked. The luggage room lamp turns on when the tailgate opens, and it turns off when the tailgate closes. The door ajar lamp illuminates even in the vehicle switched OFF condition with the ignition key removed.

8-24 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..10 Power Outllet (12V)

Do not open the tailgate for an extended period of time while The 12V power supply socket is provided for power take OFF. the luggage room lamp switch is pressed in with the engine Electrical equipment/appliances like mobile phone charger, stopped. The battery could be discharged. cigarette lighter, etc. can be used in the outlets.

8..9 Miicrophone The power sockets function only when the ignition is in ACC or ON positions. It is recommended to use the power sockets when the engine is ON to avoid battery drain. The power outlet are located in the compartment below the centre bezel switch bank.

The microphone is located on the roof above driver side. The microphone is used when talking on the phone. The person you are speaking to can be heard from the front speakers.

To use the hands-free system, you must pair your Bluetooth® phone in the system.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-25 FEATURES AND CONTROL To avoid serious injury: • Emit steam, while the windows of the passenger compartment are closed • Close the power outlet cap when not in use • Do not allow children to use or play with the power outlet • When using electrical appliances, strictly follow the • Use the power outlets only when the engine is running. manufacturer's instruction manual Remove the plug from the power outlet after using the • Never use the power outlet for electric heaters while electric device. Using the power outlets when the engine is sleeping OFF or leaving the electric device plugged in for many hours may cause the battery to drain • Never insert foreign objects into the power outlet • Do not use the power outlet to connect electric accessories • Never use malfunctioning electrical appliances or equipment that are not designed to operate on 12V • Never insert inappropriate or badly fitting plugs into the • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference power outlet when plugged into the power outlet. These devices may Do not modify, disassemble or repair the power outlet in any cause excessive audio noise and may interfere with other way. Doing so may result in unexpected malfunction or fire, electronic systems or devices in your vehicle which could cause serious damage to equipment and/or personal injuries. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for any necessary repairs.

To prevent injuries and accidents, secure all electrical appliances before use. Do not use any appliance that may: • Distract the driver while driving, or hamper safe driving • Result in a fire or burn injuries due to the appliance rolling, falling or overheating

8-26 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..11 AUX and USB Ports 8..12 Exteriior Lamps

The AUX and USB ports are provided on the centre switch bezel 8..12..1 Liightiing Controll Stallk below the infotainment control. The lighting control stalk is located on the right hand side of the AUX (A) / USB (B) can be used as an input to the music system. steering wheel and is a part of the combination switch. You can connect iPods, USB memory sticks, etc. as an input and listen to the music through the vehicle speakers. It controls operations of parking lamps, head lamps, head lamp beam selection, high beam flashing, front/rear fog lamps and turn USB (C) can be used only for charging. signals when the ignition switch is ON.

A AUX Jack B RH USB Port Rotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting control stalk LH Charging USB Ports (if clockwise aligning the “arrow” on the stalk to “O” on the switch to C equipped) switch OFF all lamps.

It is recommended to connect an input device only when the vehicle is stationary. Trying to connect an input device while driving may distract your attention and lead to accidents.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-27 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..12..2 Turn Siignalls • After you have completed your left turn, the stalk will automatically return to the neutral position switching OFF all the lamps

A : Turn Signal - Left If the turn signal lamps on the instrument panel flash faster B : Turn Signal - Right than normal, there may be a possibility that one or more of the turn signal lamp bulbs have blown. Replace the blown bulb immediately. Lane changiing: Takiing a Riight Turn :: To signal a lane change, move the light control stalk clockwise or • Push the lighting control stalk clockwise to indicate a right turn. anti-clockwise to the limit point of free movement of the lever and The instrument cluster arrow lamp pointing towards the right release. The turn signals will flash three times and stop. flashes along with the right side turn signal lamps (front, rear & The turn signals will continue flashing as long as the lighting control ORVM) with chime indicating your intention of turning towards stalk is held in the limit point of free movement. right After you have completed your right turn, the stalk will automatically return to the neutral position switching OFF all the lamps. 8..12..3 Parkiing Lamp ON Takiing a Left Turn :: Rotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting control stalk clockwise aligning the “arrow” on the stalk to the “1st detente” • Push the lighting control stalk anti-clockwise to indicate a left position on the switch to switch ON the parking lamps. turn. The instrument cluster arrow lamp pointing towards the left flashes along with the left side turn signal lamps (front, rear & ORVM) with chime indicating your intention of turning towards left

8-28 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..12..4 Head Lamp “AUTO” Functiion

The tail lamp, license plate lamp, instrument panel illumination lamps and all interior switches are also activated when the The auto light and rain sensor senses the ambient illumination parking lamp is switched ON. intensity to determine the timing for turning the head lamps and tail lamps on or off automatically when the light switch is set to “AUTO”.

Park/Position Lamps will not be switched off automatically. User has to turn it off manually. • Do not clean the sensor with detergent or wax Park Lamp Warniing Buzzer • On a foggy, snowy, rainy, or cloudy day, be sure to use manual mode. The turning on or off time of the lamps varies When opening the driver’s door after the ignition key is removed depending on the climate, season, or circumstances with the park lamp ON, the buzzer will sound to alert you that the park lamp is ON opened. The buzzer will automatically turn off when • Any aftermarket tanning film or spray may cause the lighting closing the door or park lamp is OFF. After this, the buzzer will not system to malfunction sound even though the door is opened again. • Authorised Mahindra Dealer recommends you to use this function restrictively only at sunrise or sunset

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-29 FEATURES AND CONTROL • Usually turn the head or tail lights on or off manually 8..12..6 Head Lamp Low/Hiigh Beam • Turn on the headlamps when passing through a dark area Switch ON the head lamp, and push the lighting control stalk down such as a tunnel (away) from steering wheel to switch ON the head lamp high beam • On a gloomy day, do not rely on this automatic function. But or lift/pull the lighting control stalk up towards the steering wheel turn the head or tail lights on or off manually to switch ON the head lamp low beam. In head lamp high beam, the high beam tell-tale lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates • When the switch is turned to the “AUTO” position, room, tail, indicating high beam option selected. and head lights might blink for a very short time. It is a normal phenomenon recognising the automatic setting

8..12..5 Head Lamp ON A : Low Beam Rotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting control stalk B : High Beam clockwise aligning the “arrow” on the stalk to the “2nd detente” position on the switch to switch ON the head lamps.

8..12..7 Head Lamp Fllash

8-30 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL Pull the lighting control stalk (from the head lamp low beam Vehiiclle Loadiing Condiitiion position) towards the steering wheel to instantaneously flash the Swiitch Posiitiion head lamp high beam. The head lamp flash works only when the Driver/Driver with Front Passenger head lamp is OFF or in low beam position. 0 1 Driver + Front passenger + Second row occupied 8..12..8 Head Lamp Levelllliing System 2 All seats occupied When the vehicle is either fully or partially loaded, it may have an All seats occupied with luggage OR Driver with upward inclination disturbing the head lamp aiming. A correct head 3 lamp setting provides good visibility to the driver with minimum luggage at extreme rear side inconvenience to other road users. Select the suitable switch position depending on the pay load as To properly aim the head lamp beam, use the head lamp levelling advised in the table. switch. This switch is located on the right side of the steering column shroud in the instrument panel. This switch has four positions marked as 0, 1, 2 & 3. The headlights can only be adjusted when the low beam is switched ON.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-31 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..12..9 Centre Swiitch Clluster 8..12..10 Rear Defoggiing

There are heating grids on the tailgate glass. Be careful not to damage the heating grids while cleaning inside of the tailgate window.

Do not coat the tailgate window with commercial anti-glare film. When the metal anti-glare film and two-tone anti-glare film is used, the sensitivity of the heating grids can be deteriorated. If any transmitter or receiver is close to the antenna, it can interfere with the communication of the antenna. Sl. No. Switches A Tailgate and outside rearview mirror heated glass switch B PAB OFF indicator* The heating element of the glass is activated only when the C Rear seat belt indicator* engine is running. When the glass heater switch is pressed, the heating elements of the rear windshield and outside rearview D Hazard warning flasher switch mirrors are turned on simultaneously. E TRIP/RESET switch (LCD display switch) F Steering Mode Control switch 8..12..11 Daytiime Runniing Lamp (DRL) (iif equiipped) * - if equipped To enablle DRL:: • When rear passenger buckles to seat belt, then indication will go • In daytime whenever the engine is in running condition and park OFF, otherwise it will be blink for 33 seconds switch is in OFF position, DRL is enabled • When PAB switch in ON position, then Passenger airbag De- activation status will be OFF

8-32 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL

To diisablle DRL: • Whenever the engine is in running condition and park lamp is ON, DRL will get switch to park mode

If customer doesn’t want the DRL to be ON, he can disable through infotainment settings. Refer to Infotainment e-manual.

8..12..12 Fog Lamps (iif equiipped)

Fog lamps are to be used along with head lamp low beam, to improve the vision during foggy and misty conditions. Fog lamps will turn ON only if parking lamp is ON.

8..12..13 Front Fog Lamps ON 8..12..14 Fog Lamps OFF

To switch ON the front fog lamps, first switch ON the parking lamps, rotate the inner rotary switch on the lighting control stalk clockwise aligning the front fog lamp icon to the “arrow” on the inner fixed stalk as shown. The front fog lamp indicator in the instrument cluster indicates the operation status.

The front fog lamp indicator in the instrument cluster indicates even if fog lamp is not fitted in the vehicle.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-33 FEATURES AND CONTROL Align the “O” of inner rotary switch on the lighting control stalk to 8..12..16 Follllow--Me Home (FMH) (iif equiipped) the “arrow” mark on the inner fixed stalk as shown to switch OFF the fog lamps. This feature helps the driver and passengers to easily get out of the vehicle during poor light conditions. The head lamp low beam is turned ON for about 20 secs. assisting the passengers to find their 8..12..15 Rear Fog Lamp way. To switch ON the rear fog lamps, first switch ON the parking lamps, To actiivate FMH:: rotate the inner rotary switch on the lighting control stalk clockwise aligning the rear fog lamp icon to the “arrow” on the inner fixed • Switch OFF the parking lamps stalk as shown. • Remove the ignition key The rear fog lamp indicator in the instrument cluster indicates the • Press the RKE lock button 2 times operation status. • Head lamp switch ON for 20 secs. unless cancelled by UNLOCK signal To extend the FMH feature further for 20 secs., press RKE LOCK button once. This FMH extension can be availed for maximum 3 minutes from the first activation. With FMH mode ON; First LOCK signal received from RKE will lock the doors and subsequent LOCK signal is used to toggle the head lamp ON and OFF. To deactiivate FMH:: • Switch ON the parking lamps • Switch the ignition key to either ACC or ON in position The rear fog lamps can be switched ON only along with the front fog lamps. • Press the RKE unlock button once

8-34 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL • Head lamp switches ON for 20 secs. and switched OFF With LMV mode ON; First UNLOCK signal received from RKE will automatically unlock the doors and subsequent UNLOCK signal is used to toggle the head lamp ON and OFF. With FMH mode ON, if UNLOCK signal is received twice from RKE; the feature gets deactivated and cannot be extended further. Also, the doors are unlocked and vehicle disarmed. 8..12..18 Hazard Warniing Lamp

The hazard warning lamp switch is located in the centre bezel 8..12..17 Lead Me to Vehiiclle (LMV) (iif equiipped) switch bank on the instrument panel. LMV is the feature that will switch ON the head lamp for 20 secs. To turn the hazard warning lamp ON, push the switch in. All the turn helping the passengers to reach the parked vehicle safely and signal lamps flash. The instrument cluster turn indicator lamps also comfortably at night. flash indicating the same. To turn OFF, push the switch again. LMV iis actiivated:: • Pressing the unlock button on the RKE two times LMV iis de-actiivated:: • Switch ON the parking lamps • Switch the ignition key to either ACC or ON in position • Press the RKE lock button once • Head lamp switches ON for 20 secs. and switched OFF automatically Use the hazard warning lamp when your vehicle is stationary or to To extend the LMV feature further for 20 secs., press RKE warn other road users to be cautious while passing your vehicle. UNLOCK button once. This LMV extension can be availed for maximum 3 minutes from the first activation.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-35 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..13 Wiindshiielld Wiipers

The turn lamps do not work when the hazard warning lamps 8..13..1 Wiiper Controll Stallk are operational.

8..12..19 Auto Hazard Warniing Lamp A : Flick-Wipe (MIST) B : Off Hazard lamps are turned on automatically during bonnet open in vehicle stationary condition. C : Intermittent (INT)/Auto D : Low Speed (LO) Hazard lamps are turned on automatically for 10 seconds during E : High Speed (HI) panic braking condition to indicate oncoming traffic. Hazard lamps are turned on automatically in case of an unfortunate event of an accident where Airbags are deployed. In such a scenario, the hazard lamps will be on for 30 minutes or it can be 8..13..2 Wiiper Off turned off by operating Hazard switch (Off to On) or Ignition reset (Ignition Off and On) The wipe function is OFF when the wiper control stalk is in neutral position (B).

8..13..3 Flliick-Wiipe (Miist)

Push the wipe control stalk to position (A) for a flick-wipe, hold to operate the wipe continuously (simultaneously lift the wiper stalk towards the steering wheel to operate the wash). The stalk automatically comes back to position (B) when released.

8-36 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..13..4 IIntermiittent (IINT) 8..13..7 Hiigh Speed Wiipiing

Intermittent (INT) wiping is selected when the wipe control stalk is Push the wiper control stalk down to position (E) to operate the pushed down to position C. In the INT mode, the wiper operates on wiper at a fixed high speed. preset intervals. The delay between each wipe can be varied by rotating the wiper speed intensity rotary switch (F). The wipe/wash function can be activated only when the ignition is in “ON” position. 8..13..5 Auto Mode (iif equiipped) 8..13..8 Wiipe/Wash Auto mode wiping is selected when the wipe control stalk is pushed down to position C. In the AUTO mode, the wiper operates based on Pull/Lift the wiper control stalk towards the steering wheel from rain intensity. any position to activate wipe/wash function. Washer fluid from front washer reservoir is pumped and sprayed onto the windshield. The delay between each wipe can be varied by rotating the wiper The wipers wipe the windshield 3 times after the washer spray is speed intensity rotary switch (F). stopped. Hold the stalk in position for continuous spray of washer fluid.

When the ignition key is in the “ON” position, the wiper will automatically operate once if the wiper switch is turned from the “OFF” to the “AUTO” position.

8..13..6 Low Speed Wiipiing

Push the wipe control stalk down to the position (D) to operate the wiper at a fixed low speed.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-37 FEATURES AND CONTROL

When wiper is in OFF or Intermittent mode: After completion of the wipe/wash cycle, wipers return to their bottom position. If the wipers are in Intermittent mode and DWELL delay is less than or equal to 5 secs., then the wiper will continue in the Intermittent mode. If the wipers are in Intermittent mode, and DWELL delay is more than 5 secs., then a further single wipe will be performed 5 secs. after the wash/wipe cycle. After the drip wipe (last wipe), wiper returns to normal Intermittent wipe. AUTO wash function will work only when the wiper switch is in OFF mode. 8..13..9 AUTO Wash (iif equiipped) 8..13..10 Rear Wiiper--Low Mode When Auto Washer switch is pressed once, Washer fluid from front washer reservoir is pumped and sprayed onto the windshield for 2 seconds. The wipers wipe the windshield 4 times After that, again Washer fluid from front washer motor will turn ON for 1.5 seconds and the wipers wipe the windshield 3 times

8-38 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL Rotate the outer rotary switch on the wiper control stalk to align 8..13..12 Rear Wash the “arrow” on the stalk to the rear wipe “ON” position to operate the rear wiper in low mode. In this mode, the wiper operates on preset intervals of 6 seconds.

8..13..11 Rear Wiiper--Hiigh Mode

The rear windshield wash & wipe operates 3 to 4 times or as long as the stalk end is turned/rotated to the rear wash position. Wiping will continue for few secs. after releasing the stalk end switch.

Rotate the outer rotary switch on the wiper control stalk to align If you switch OFF the ignition before switching OFF the wiper, the “arrow” on the stalk to the rear wipe “ON” position to operate the blades stop at random on the windshield. Switch ON the the rear wiper continuously . ignition and move wiper stalk to 'MIST' position to return the wipers to the park position, provided the wiper stalk is in OFF position.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-39 FEATURES AND CONTROL In the rear, one nozzle with triple adjustable washer jets are provided for the rear windshield wash. Adjust the nozzle to direct Using a windshield washer in freezing temperatures could be the washer jet to hit the middle of rear windshield using a pin. Rear dangerous. The washer fluid could freeze on the windshield, and windshield washer fluid is supplied from front washer reservoir block your vision resulting in an accident. If you operate your located in the Engine compartment. vehicle in temperatures below 40 deg C, use washer fluid with anti-freeze protection.

• Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. It may lead to scratches on the glass • It is recommended not to use the wiper when the windshield glass is covered with debris, snow or leaves. Clean the glass before using the wiper to avoid damage to the wiper blades and glass • Do not operate the windshield washer for more than 8..14 Engiine Stop/Start System (ESS) 10 secs. or when the reservoir is empty

8..13..13 Wiindshiielld Washer Jet -- Front & Rear

There are two nozzles with triple adjustable washer jets in the front (on the bonnet). Using a pin, the eye ball jets can be adjusted precisely for direction. Always direct the washer jet to hit the middle of the windshield. This will enable the wiper blade to wipe the complete width of the windshield.

8-40 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..14..1 Overviiew of the ESS System better fuel efficiency. Engine Stop/Start system is activated by the Engine Stop/Start button in the central bezel switch bank. The LED Engine Stop/Start system automatically “stops” and “starts” the on the button indicates the status of the button. engine when idle at signals or long traffic jams. This in turn gives a

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-41 FEATURES AND CONTROL 8..14..2 How does the ESS Work? • Current status of the engine is idling • Vehicle speed is zero Let’s take a simple example of driving in traffic conditions within your city. Assume that your vehicle has stopped at a traffic junction • Accelerator pedal and clutch pedal are fully released due to a red signal. The following steps illustrate how the system functions: • Vehicle battery should be in healthy condition • The vehicle has come to a halt at a traffic signal, is in the neutral • Engine is warm. This is an extra precaution to ensure safe gear and the clutch pedal is released working of the engine • The ‘ESS’ lamp in the cluster will blink indicating that the engine • Gear is in neutral is going to stop shortly. The engine will shut down automatically For auto start to happen,, the follllowiing majjor condiitiions are to be:: after a specific time period • Vehicle should have been stopped by the ESS system • The ‘ESS’ lamp will illuminate in the instrument cluster indicating the engine was stopped by the ESS system • Gear lever is in the neutral position • Once the signal turns green, press the clutch pedal and the • Vehicle speed is zero engine starts immediately • ESS switch is in active mode • The indicator in the cluster goes OFF indicating that the engine • Bonnet should be closed has started again and you are ready to drive on • Clutch pedal is fully pressed (to restart) For auto stop to happen,, the follllowiing majjor condiitiions are to be met: • ESS system is activated using the selection switch ESS will be operational when the engine coolant temperature • Bonnet is fully closed reaches a minimum operating range. • Fuel and Engine coolant temperature should be within the limits • In the current ignition cycle, the vehicle has crossed 2 kmph at least once

8-42 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 FEATURES AND CONTROL

8..14..3 Frequentlly Asked Questiions (FAQs) 5. Are there any safety precautions to be followed?

1. What is the advantage of this system? Yes, when the engine is turned OFF at traffic signals/jams with heavy electrical loads like head lamp or AC switched ‘ON’. If the The ESS system aids in attaining better fuel efficiency of your duration of such stops are long, it is recommended to keep the vehicle and thus reducing your running costs. However, the engine ‘ON’ and the ESS system in ‘OFF’ position. mileage improvement will depend upon various parameters 6. What is to be done, if I don’t want the system to stop my such as prevailing traffic, driving patterns, etc. engine at traffic signals/jams? 2. What are the other advantages of this system? The system can be turned OFF by switching OFF the Stop/ • Since the engine is switched off during traffic signals/jams, Start selection switch. considerable amount of carbon dioxide release to the 7. Whether the AC will function, if the engine is switched off? atmosphere is avoided. This reduces global warming and thus provides us with a sustainable planet to live in No, the AC will not work. However, the blower will be in operation when the ignition is ON. • Ability to restart the engine by pressing the clutch pedal 8. What will happen if I keep the clutch continuously pressed at • Reduces noise pollution at traffic signals traffic signals/jams? 3. Is it possible to start the engine through the clutch pedal for The system will not stop the engine if the clutch is continuously the first time? pressed since it indicates the driver’s intention of moving the No, the engine can be cranked only with the ignition key for the vehicle immediately. first time. If the engine is stopped automatically by the system, 9. When the battery charge is low, whether the engine will be only then it is possible to start the engine through the clutch. switched off? 4. Whether the system will get activated as soon as the engine is If the battery charge drops below a certain level, the system started the first time with the ignition key? will not stop the engine so as to preserve the battery from The system will get activated only after the completion of further draining. engine temperature dependent warm up period which may 10. Whether I will be able to operate the engine with the normal extend up to 15 minutes. This is to ensure better performance ignition key? of the engine in terms of fuel economy and durability.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 8-43 FEATURES AND CONTROL Yes, normal operation with the ignition key is always possible. Yes, if all other conditions except battery charge are met, the ESS lamp blinks faster for 7.5 seconds and the engine does 11. Whether the vehicle will start (or) stop in gear? not switch OFF. The vehicle will not start or stop automatically in gear to ensure safety. It will do so only in the neutral position of the gear shift lever. 12. Whether the system will stop my engine in moving traffic? No, the engine will be stopped only when the vehicle speed is zero continuously for more than 2 seconds. 13. Whether the audio system will be switched OFF, when the engine shuts down? No, the audio system will not be switched OFF and you can continue to enjoy the music. 14. Whether the engine will re-crank whenever the clutch pedal is pressed? No, when the engine is running, the starter motor will not attempt to re-crank. 15. If any component involved in the system fails, what will happen? The system has a built-in diagnostic module which understands the failure and immediately goes to bypass mode, In the bypass mode the engine can be turned ON and OFF with ignition key as usual. 16. Are there any indications to show that engine does not stop due to poor battery charge state?

8-44 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

W8/W8 (O) W4/W6

A Tachometer G Odometer B Tripmeter H Temperature Gauge C Telltales I Steering Mode Control D Gear Shift Indicator J TDMS* E Speedometer K Door Alert F Fuel Gauge * if equipped

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-1 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..1 Tachometer 9..2 Speedometer

Diesel Petrol

The tachometer indicates the real-time engine speed in thousands The speedometer indicates the real-time road surface speed of the of RPM (revolutions per minute). Each division is 500 RPM. vehicle in kilometres per hour. Operating the engine at very high RPM may lead to excessive engine wear and low fuel economy. Maintain steady engine speed below 2500 RPM and do not accelerate or decelerate abruptly. The vehicle speedometer is affected by size of the tyres used. If the size of the tyres are changed from those fitted at the factory, the speedometer might not display the correct road Do not over-accelerate the engine during idling, this can cause surface speed and distance travelled. severe engine damage and would be treated as abuse of the engine which is not covered by warranty.

9-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..3 Odometer

The odometer records and displays the total distance travelled in km. Odometer cannot be reset.

Trip meter has to be reset whenever battery is disconnected due to various reasons. Else Average Speed and Driiviing Tiime may not match with trip 9..4 Triip Meter value.

Select TRIP A / TRIP B in screen by pressing Triip switch in centre 9..5 Engiine Coollant Temperature Gauge console. Long press of set switch will reset trip information, average speed and driving time. The engine coolant temperature gauge functions only when the ignition is switched ON. It indicates the instantaneous engine Triip A Triip B coolant temperature. The coolant temperature varies with changes Variiants Miin Max Miin Max in weather, load on engine and driving pattern. W4/W6 0 999.9 0 9999 If gauges is showing 7 or more than 7 bars, it represents that W8/W8(O) 0 9999.9 0 9999.9 engine is overheating. This will also be notified through blinking or continuously ON Engine high temperature lamp.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-3 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

When the fuel level reaches the reserve, the last bar will be displayed and low fuel telltale will be ON (approx 8 litres). when the Never remove the Degassing tank cap when the engine is hot. fuel tank is completely empty, last bar goes off from display and low The engine coolant is under pressure and could splash on to fuel telltale will be blinking . The amount of fuel required to fill the skin/eyes causing severe burns. Wait for the engine to cool tank up may be less than the specified tank capacity, as a small down before adding coolant to the reservoir. amount of reserve fuel always remains in the tank. On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the fuel level may fluctuate or the last bar may flash earlier than usual. Do not continue driving the vehicle with an overheated engine. Always check the fuel level when the vehicle is on level road. If the This will lead to damage of engine components and engine last bar is still off and telltale is blinking even after filling sufficient seizure. fuel, contact your Authorised Mahindra Dealer as soon as possible.

9..6 Fuell Levell Gauge When all the bars in the display starts blinking/flashing, The fuel level gauge functions only when the ignition is switched ON. contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer at the It gives the status of the fuel level in the fuel tank. F indicates the earliest. tank is full (42 litres), E indicates the tank is empty.

9-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..7 W8/W8(O) IInstrument Clluster screen fllow

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-5 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..8 W4/W6 iinstrument clluster screen fllow

9-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..9 Cllock Screens (iif equiipped) 9..10 Outsiide Ambiient Temperature (iif equiipped)

In W4/W6, Select Clock in the screen by pressing Triip switch on This Screen shows the outside ambient temperature. the centre console.

Steps to set tiime Changiing the Uniits (W8/W8(O))

1. Long press set switch to entering time setting. First digit will be Once you reach to OAT screen, Long Press the SET switch to blinking. change the units. You can choose between degree Celsius and degree Fahrenheit. 2. Short pressing “SET” will change the value one at the time. Long press will change the value to zero. Changiing the Uniits (W4/W6) 3. Use trip switch to move to next digit. 1. Once you reach time and OAT screen, long press set switch to enter into setting mode. In setting mode, temperature will be blinking. For high end, Clock is in sync with infotainment. Any change in 2. Press set switch to change units. infotainment will reflect on cluster.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-7 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..11 Driive IInformatiion (iif equiipped) 9..11..2 Average Speed (iif equiipped)

In Drive Information, Drive Time and Average Speed will get Average Speed is calculated based on the total distance covered displayed in screen. and time taken from the start of this trip cycle.

Select Drive Information in screen by pressing Triip switch on the This display can be selected by toggling Triip switch on the centre centre console. console.

9..11..1 Driive Tiime

Drive Duration is the elapsed time from the start of this trip cycle. Once Drive Information is selected, Drive Duration is displayed on the Screen.

9-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..12 Gear Recommendatiion 9..13 Fuell Computer

Gear information shows the actual gear in which user has to drive In Fuel computer, Average Fuel Economy (AFE), Distance to Empty the vehicle. (DTE) and Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE) will get displayed in screen. Based on the various parameters, it will also suggest to change the gear for better fuel economy with up/down recommendation. Select Fuel computer in screen by pressing Triip switch on the centre console. Diispllay Operatiing Condiitiion W4/W6 W8/W8(O) 9..13..1 Average Fuell Effiiciiency (AFE)

UP/DOWN arrow Once Fuel computer is selected, Average Fuel Efficiency is displayed along with numeral on the Screen. recommends shifting to that gear. AFE is calculated based on the Last AFE reset cycle.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-9 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..13..2 Diistance to Empty (DTE) Instantaneous Fuel Economy is calculated based on your current driving pattern. More bars on display means vehicle is consuming Distance to Empty is the approximate distance that can be covered less fuel, less number of bars implies it is consuming more fuel. with the available fuel. This display can be selected by toggling Triip switch on the centre console. 9..14 Diigiitall Speedo Meter (iif equiipped)

9..13..3 IInstantaneous Fuell Economy (IIFE) Digital speedometer displays the speed of the vehicle numerically. It provides immersive experience by having option to switch off the lights of Speedometer and Tachometer. Turniing the lliights off Once you reach to Digital Speedometer screen, Long Press the SET switch to turn the lights OFF. Long press the SET switch to turn ON the lights again.

9-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

9..15 Clluster Settiing (iif equiipped) IInsiide Settiing Menu Long pressing the SET switch will take you inside the settings option. Here you can change illumination, mood ring colour for day and night conditions, also you can enable or disable the welcome chime. Use trip switch to browse through options and set switch to enter sub menus. Collour Settiing • Scroll through the screens using TRIP switch till you find settings • Long press SET switch to enter settings • Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select colour setting using set switch In colour setting, you can choose from White, Red, Yellow, Sky blue and Blue colour for both day and night conditions.

This allows you to change the settings related to cluster. This screen also comes with a timeout. You have to stop vehicle for changing the settings.

Some setting might not be available as per configuration of the vehicle

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-11 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

IIllllumiinatiion Controll 2. Long press SET switch to enter settings. Illumination control feature allows you to change the brightness of 3. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select the Instrument cluster according to light and weather conditions. It “Brightness” option using SET Switch. automatically detects the day and night conditions according to 4. Adjust the Brightness level using SET Switch. park lamp input. Also you can customise the illumination setting so that it doesn’t hurt your eyes. It provides 6 level illumination control each for day and night conditions. The default brightness after the B+ power is supplied is level 5.

Over speed Fllash (iif equiipped)

How to Change Illllumiinatiion Settiing (W4/W6)

1. Once you reach the illumination setting screen, long press SET switch to enter into setting mode.

2. Use SET switch to change brightness. When the vehicle speed is higher than the speed configured, the mood ring flashes. Flashing of the mood ring can be turned OFF/ How to Change Illllumiinatiion Settiing (W8/W8(O)) ON using this setting. 1. Scroll through the screens using TRIP switch till you find settings.

9-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

1. Scroll through the screens using TRIP switch till you find 2. Long press SET switch to enter settings. settings. 3. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Turn ON/OFF 2. Long press SET switch to enter settings. “Welcome Chime” option using SET Switch. 3. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select “Over speed Flash” option using SET Switch. 9..16 Mood Liightiing (iif equiipped) 4. Use TRIP switch to browse across the options. Select desired option using SET Switch. For W8/W8 (O) Type

Over speed flash (if equipped) – Be safe than waiting for the warning to come, someone’s wait might get longer Wellcome Chiime

Mood lighting is especially designed to enhance your driving experience. It allows to customise the colour of the inner ring as per your mood.(refer section colour setting for changing colour of mood ring) This ring will also notify you when you are over-speeding (if Welcome chime can be enabled/disabled using this setting. If the equipped). Colour of the ring will change to red. box is checked means welcome chime is enabled else disabled. 1. Scroll through the screens using TRIP switch till you find settings.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-13 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

9..17 Vehiiclle Condiitiion Rellated Warniing (W8/W8 (O) Diispllay Operatiing Condiitiions onlly)

Following are the warning information available: This message comes when cruise mode is turned OFF manually using switch. Diispllay Operatiing Condiitiions

This message is displayed when the engine check warning lamp is turned ON and engine This message comes when ECO mode is has been running. turned ON.

When the engine oil pressure warning light is This message comes when ECO mode is ON and engine has been running. turned OFF.

This message comes on when the ESP system This message comes when brake fluid level is is faulty, and engine has been running. low and engine has been running.

This message comes when cruise mode is This message comes when vehicle has crossed turned ON manually using switch. scheduled service limit.

9-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

Diispllay Operatiing Condiitiions Diispllay Operatiing Condiitiions

This message comes when water is detected This message comes on when the tail lamps in fuel filter and engine has been running. It is are ON with the ignition in the "OFF" state. applicable for diesel variants only.

This message comes when you are driving This message comes when passenger airbag vehicle above configured high speed switch has been turned OFF. parameter.

This message comes when fuel level warning This message comes when you try to move the lamp is ON or Blinking and engine has been vehicle when park brake is still engaged. running.

This message comes when you try to change settings while driving the vehicle (i.e., vehicle This message comes when either of driver or speed is greater than 2kmph). This message passenger (if occupied) seatbelt is unbuckled. comes with a timeout of 5 secs, after that is goes to TRIP A screen through settings screen. This message comes when engine temperature high telltale is ON and engine has been running. Indicates that engine temperature is high.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-15 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..17..1 Wellcome and Good Bye Screens

Diispllay Operatiing condiitiions Remarks

Pre--WELCOME sound:: When the iigniitiion iis turned on whiille When the driver's door is opened after the theft [WELCOME] iis diispllayed. deterrent mode is deactivated - WELCOME sound with logo is activated for the WELCOME sound wiith llogo and mulltiicollored time remaining. lliight iin mood riing:: - The screen is changed to System Check screen When the open driver's door is closed after the when the ignition is turned on. theft deterrent mode is deactivated.

When the ignition is turned off. Goodbye comes with animation.

Performs system check once for 3 seconds when the ignition is turned on.

9-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..18 Tyre Diirectiion Moniitoriing System (TDMS)

Tyre direction monitoring system or TDMS assists you when vehicle has just started and you are about to move the vehicle. It tells you about the current direction in which tyres are aligned at very beginning of manoeuvring the vehicle. TDMS works only when vehicle speed is zero and parking brake engaged or when vehicle speed is zero and vehicle is in neutral and clutch is not engaged.

W4/W6 W8/W8(O) Operatiing Condiitiions

Tyre alignment is displayed in 6 levels (level 0 to level 5) depending on the alignment degree when the ignition switch is turned to "ON" position from "OFF" position Working conditions: 1. When vehicle speed is zero and parking brake engaged. 2. When vehicle speed is zero and vehicle is in neutral and clutch is not engaged.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-17 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..19 Steeriing Mode Controll Allerts

Diispllay Mode Operatiing condiitiions W4/W6 W8/W8 (O)

Warning indicates that current steering mode is set to Comfort. This warning is Comfort triggered when user press the Steering Mode Control switch on the center console.

Warning indicates that current steering mode is set to Normal. This warning is Normal triggered when user press the Steering Mode Control switch on the center console.

Warning indicates that current steering mode is set to Sport. This warning is Sport triggered when user press the Steering Mode Control switch on the center console.

9-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..20 Smart Key Allerts

Refer PKE section of the owner’s manual

9..21 Steeriing Lock Allerts (for W8/W8 (O) onlly) Operatiing Condiitiions

Operatiing Condiitiions The message is displayed if the system check- up is required since the ESCL system is This is a temporary malfunction of ESCL and malfunctioning. the message is displayed if the vehicle needs to be attempted to start while turning the steering wheel. The message is displayed if ESCL coding checkup is required. (Corresponding signal transmitted, with no coding between SKM and This is a temporary malfunction of ESCL and ESCL) the message is displayed if the steering column is not locked.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-19 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..22 Door Open Allerts

Diispllay Operatiing Condiitiions W4/W6 W8/W8(O)

Passenger door open High: with animation Low: No animation

Driver door open High: with animation Low: No animation

Hood Open High/Low: Blinking

Rear door (LH) open High: with animation Low: No animation

9-20 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

Rear door (RH) open High: with animation Low: No animation

Tailgate open High/Low: Blinking

This message comes on when the sunroof is open with the ignition in the — "OFF" position. Warning comes with chime.

9..23 Functiionall Safety Allert

W4/W6 W8/W8(O) Instrument cluster shall monitor some of the internal parameters and if misbehavior found it will enable “Contact Dealer” alert. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately when “Contact Dealer” alert displayed in cluster. For W4/W6 Alert will be displayed for 1 mins For W8/W8 (O) Alert will be displayed for 5 secs

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-21 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..24 Warniing / Tellll-talle Lamps iin the IInstrument Clluster

9-22 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

1 Left Turn Indicator 15 ESP System Warning Lamp*

2 Right Turn Indicator 16 Front Fog Lamp Indicator*

3 Rear Fog Lamp Indicator* 17 Engine Stop/Start Lamp*

4 Cruise Control Indicator* 18 Tiretronics*

5 Water-in-Fuel warning Lamp* 19 Seat Belt Warning Lamp

6 Immobiliser 20 Glow Plug Indicator*

7 ABS Warning Lamp 21 Head Lamp High Beam Lamp

8 Parking Brake ON/Brake Fluid Low Warning Lamp 22 OBD Check Lamp

9 Parking Lamp 23 EPS System Warning Lamp*

10 Airbag Warning Lamp* 24 Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp

11 HHC malfunction* 25 Check Engine Lamp

12 Door Ajar Warning Lamp 26 Battery Charging System Warning Lamp

13 Low Fuel Warning Lamp 27 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp

14 ESP OFF Lamp* *if equipped

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-23 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..25 Warniing Lamps iin the IInstrument Clluster When CRUISE OFF button in the steering wheel is pressed, the cruise mode is deactivated and the lamp goes OFF indicating that 9..25..1 Turn Lamps the vehicle is not in cruise mode.

The turn lamp arrows in the instrument cluster flash If the lamp does not illuminate when the vehicle is in cruise mode or showing the direction indicated by the turn signals. A does not go OFF when the vehicle is out of cruise mode, there is a sudden increase in the rate of flashing indicates possible malfunction in the lamp or the cruise control system. Have failure of one or more of the lamp bulbs. Have them replaced as the vehicle checked by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. soon as possible. 9..25..4 Water-iin--Fuell Warniing Lamp (iif equiipped) 9..25..2 Rear Fog Lamp (iif equiipped) The water-in-Fuel warning lamp illuminates when the The rear fog lamp telltale indicates the status of the ignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 rear fog lamp. The rear fog lamp can be switched ON secs. The lamp illuminates when the accumulation of only when the front fog lamp is ON. water in the fuel filter reaches the maximum permissible limit. The fuel filter needs to be drained. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. 9..25..3 Cruiise IIndiicator (iif equiipped)

The cruise control lamp illuminates when the ignition Do not continue driving the vehicle with the Water-in-Fuel is switched ON and goes off in about 3secs. Warning Lamp ON. This may result in fuel pump / other fuel indicating normal status. The lamp blinks if the system component damage, which will not be covered by the accelerator is depressed, while in cruise mode. limited warranty. When SET+ button in the steering wheel is pressed, cruise control is activated and the lamp illuminates indicating the vehicle is in cruise mode.

9-24 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..25..5 IImmobiilliiser 9..25..7 Parkiing Brake Lamp

Immobiliser Lamp flashes intermittently (few secs. The Parking Brake lamp illuminates when the ignition frequency) once the ignition is switched OFF and the is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 secs. The vehicle security system is armed (when locked using lamp illuminates when Parking brake is engaged or the RKE). when brake fluid level is low or there is malfunction in EBD. If the lamp illuminates while driving, do the following: Fast blinking indicates a malfunction in the engine immobiliser system. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately. • Check if the parking brake is engaged. If yes, disengage it • Check if brake fluid level is low. If yes, top-up brake fluid to the 9..25..6 Antii-Lock Brake System (ABS) Mallfunctiion Lamp required level (iif equiipped)

The ABS malfunction lamp illuminates when the Clean the top of the brake fluid reservoir before removing the ignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 cap. Make sure no dirt, impurities or other items fall into the secs. If the ABS malfunction lamp continues to reservoir. Do not leave the cap off for more than a few minutes. remain ON or illuminates while driving (and the brake system Any contaminants, impurities or moisture in the brake fluid can warning lamp is OFF), ABS will not operate. But the brake system affect brake operation, resulting in an accident. will still operate conventionally. In this condition, the wheels can lock during severe braking. Have the vehicle checked by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer as soon as possible. If the brake warning lamp comes ON while driving, the brake However, if ABS malfunction lamp and brake warning lamp are system might not be working properly. The pedal might be simultaneously glowing, there is a severe malfunction in the ABS. harder to operate or might go closer to the floor and it can Operate the vehicle with extreme care and have the vehicle checked take longer to stop. Pull off the road carefully and stop the as soon as possible at an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. vehicle. Have the vehicle towed to the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer for checks or repairs.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-25 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately when the airbag warning lamp indicates a system malfunction. The airbag Driving the vehicle with the brake warning lamp ON or when you may not deploy when needed, which could result in serious or fatal suspect brake trouble is very dangerous and could result in injury, or it might deploy unexpectedly or unnecessarily, which may serious injuries. Have your vehicle towed to an Authorised result in personal injury. Mahindra Dealer. 9..25..10 HHC mallfunctiion (iif equiipped) 9..25..8 Park Lamp HHC Malfunction Lamp turn ON if there is any The Park lamp indicator illuminates whenever park malfunction in hill hold control system of the vehicle. lamp is switched ON through Combination switch. During ignition OFF, if park lamp is ON with driver door open, buzzer alert will be audible. 9..25..11 Door Ajjar Warniing Lamp

9..25..9 Aiirbag Warniing Lamp (iif equiipped) The door ajar warning lamp illuminates when any of the doors including the hood and back door are open The airbag warning lamp in the instrument cluster during ignition ON. The buzzer chimes when the illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and tell vehicle speed more than 2 kmph. The lamp and chime goes OFF tale goes off in 3 secs. irrespective of engine when all the doors are closed properly. condition. If the lamp remains ON continuously or flash intermittently, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately. 9..25..12 Low Fuell Warniing Lamp Following conditions indicate airbag malfunction: When the fuel level in the fuel tank falls below the • Lamp fails to go OFF after engine is started reserve limit, the low fuel warning lamp is illuminated. • Lamp does not illuminate at all Refuel sufficiently and the lamp goes out. If the lamp continues to remain ON even after refuelling, contact an Authorised • Illuminates while driving Mahindra Dealer.

9-26 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..25..13 ESP OFF Lamp (iif equiipped) 9..25..16 Engiine Stop/Start Lamp (iif equiipped)

The ESP OFF lamp lluminates when the ignition is START The engine Stop/Start lamp illuminates when the switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 secs. The A ignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 ESP OFF lamp illuminates when the ESP has been STOP secs. The Engine Stop/Start lamp flashes when the switched OFF manually. vehicle/engine is about to stop through the Engine Stop/ Start System. The lamp illuminates continuously when the vehicle/engine has been switched OFF by the Engine Stop/Start System. On 9..25..14 ESP System Warniing Lamp (iif equiipped) restarting the vehicle / engine again by using the clutch/key, the lamp goes out. The ESP system warning lamp illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 secs. While driving, if the ESC system warning lamp 9..25..17 Tiiretroniics (iif equiipped) blinks, it indicates that ESP has taken control of the vehicle stability. If the lamp remains ON, it indicates the malfunction in the ESP The Tiretronics lamp illuminates when the ignition is System. Contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer. switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 seconds. System Mallfunctiion: Tiretronics lamp Blink for 9..25..15 Front Fog Lamp (iif equiipped) approx. 90 sec & then Continuous ON.

The front fog lamp telltale indicates the status of the System Warniings: Tiretronics lamp Continuous ON. front fog lamp. The front fog lamp can be switched ON only when the parking lamp is ON. System mallfunctiion: System fail to function normally due to system failure/Sensor failure. Fog lamp will turn ON, if fitted in the vehicle. System Warniing : indicated Low/High pressure, High Temperature, Air Leakage.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-27 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..25..18 Seat Bellt Warniing Lamp 9..25..21 OBD Check Lamp

The seat belt warning lamp illuminates and the The OBD check lamp illuminates when the ignition is buzzer chimes reminding the driver/co-driver to switched ON and remains ON till the engine is fasten the seat belt when the ignition is ON. The lamp started indicating normal status. If the lamp remains will continue to illuminate till the driver/co-driver fastens the seat ON, it indicates a potential malfunction. belt properly. There may be a malfunction in: 9..25..19 Gllow Pllug IIndiicator (iif equiipped) • The fuel management system • The emission control system Glow plug indicator illuminates when the ignition is turned ON and Glow plug is activated. It automatically • Systems which affect emissions goes OFF when the glow plug reaches the required Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions. Contact an temperature. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer if the glow Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately. plug lamp does not illuminate with ignition ON or illuminates while driving. 9..25..22 EPS Warniing Lamp (iif equiipped)

9..25..20 Head Lamp / Hiigh Beam Lamp The EPS warning lamp illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and goes OFF after about 3 secs. The The head lamp high beam telltale illuminates lamp Indicates malfunction on Electric Power whenever the head lamps are switched ON to high steering system. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer beam or when the head lamp flash is used. immediately.

When EPS is failed. vehicle can still be driven with increase in steering effort.

9-28 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES 9..25..23 Low Engiine Oiill Pressure Warniing Lamp Switch OFF the engine immediately. Contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer for necessary repairs. The low engine oil pressure warning lamp illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and goes OFF when the engine is started. If the lamp remains ON even 9..25..25 Battery Chargiing System Warniing Lamp after starting the engine, or illuminates while driving, stop immediately, check the oil level after 2-3 minutes. If low, add engine The battery charging system warning lamp oil to the “MAX” level and check status. If problem persists, contact illuminates when the battery is not being charged or an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately. when there is a malfunction in the alternator. This lamp illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and goes out as soon as the engine is started. If the lamp continues to remain Operating the vehicle with the low oil pressure warning lamp ON even after starting the engine, it is an indication that the battery ON could cause sudden unexpected engine failure and loss of is not being charged or there is a malfunction in the alternator. vehicle control, resulting in an accident and/or serious Check the alternator drive belt for looseness/breakage. If the drive personal injury. belt is okay, switch OFF all unnecessary electrical equipment and recheck. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for further assistance.

Do not run the engine with low oil pressure warning indicator ON. This may result in engine damage, which will not be covered 9..25..26 Hiigh Engiine Coollant Temperature Warniing by the limited warranty. Lamp For Diiesell 9..25..24 Check Engiine Lamp The high engine coolant temperature warning lamp The check engine lamp illuminates when the ignition flashes when the coolant temperature is above ENGINE ! is switched ON and goes out in 3 secs. indicating 110ºC. It starts to flash when the temperature reaches 110ºC and normal status. The lamp blinks or illuminates will be continuously ON with buzzer alert when the temperature continuously if there is a fault in the engine management system. reaches 114ºC.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 9-29 IINSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES

For Petroll The high engine coolant temperature warning lamp flashes when the coolant temperature is above 111ºC. It starts to flash when the temperature reaches 111ºC and will be continuously ON with buzzer alert when the temperature reaches 113ºC. The bars in the temperature gauge also flash in the same frequency as the high temperature warning lamp when the above set temperature thresholds are reached.

Do not continue driving the vehicle with an overheated engine. This may result in engine damage, which will not be covered by the limited warranty.

9-30 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM 10 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM 10..1 Front/Rear Obstaclle Detectiion System (iif equiipped)

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 10-1 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM 10..2 Parkiing Assiistance System (PAS) – RPAS & FPAS (IIf equiipped) RPAS and FPAS will give proper alerts at vehicle speed less Parking assistance system is provided to aid the driver while than 8kmph. parking the vehicle in reverse and in front. While Parking, PAS will detect the obstacles at the rear and front side of the vehicle within the sensing zone, which cannot be viewed through the internal rear- Always keep the sensors clean and free from ice formation, view mirror and the outside rear view mirrors and windshield. The dust, water etc. for proper working of the system. PAS will then alert the driver by a beep sound and display about the location of the detected obstacle from the vehicle. The alert sound Do not press or shock the sensors by hitting or using a high- level will vary proportional to the distance. Smaller the distance pressure water gun while washing. The sensors could be shorter the interval between the beeps. damaged. Magnetic devices present in the detection range could vastly 10..2..1 Parkiing Assiistance System Sensors affect the sensor performance and the distance displayed may not be accurate.

Front Sensor Locatiion Rear Sensor Locatiion 10..2..2 Driiviing and Operatiion

• PAS is an aiding system. Under no circumstances mahindra will accept any responsibility or can be held liable for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damage caused by this system • System will not sense pot holes, trenches or drainages Four PAS sensors are located in the rear and two sensors which are below the ground level are located in front Bumper to assist driver for hassle free parking

10-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM • Repainting of the sensor will affect the performance of the 10..3 PAS (RPAS & FPAS) IInformatiion on IInstrument system Clluster Screen Actiivatiion & De--actiivatiion of PAS • The Vehicle should be in IGN ON state to activate the Parking assistance system • RPAS will be activated automatically when reverse gear engaged and Hand Brake is disengaged • RPAS will get deactivated when reverse gear is disengaged or Hand Break is engaged • FPAS will be activated automatically when Vehicle speed is in between 1 to 8 kmph and hand break is dis engaged or Clutch is RPAS diispllay on iinstrument clluster screen giives the follllowiing pressed, Hand break is disengaged and vehicle is standstill iinformatiion: • FPAS will get deactivated when vehicle speed is more than • Left Corner zone indicates obstacle on left side 8kmph or hand brake is engaged • Center zone indicates obstacle on center side • When the obstacles come in the sensing range, the system • Right Corner zone indicates obstacle on right side starts giving the indication based on the distance and direction of the obstacles as defined in the detecting zones. The closer the 3 bars indicate how close the obstacle is from the vehicle rear obstacles, more display bars illuminated & beeps alerts bumper, with all bars highlighted being very close and 3rd bar alone indicate being distant. Centre sensor coverage range is more than corner sensor coverage for RPAS.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 10-3 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM

FPAS diispllay on iinstrument clluster screen giives the follllowiing 3. For FPAS alone, disengage Hand brake and drive the vehicle iinformatiion:: forward with speed limit within 1 to 8kmph • Left Corner zone indicates obstacle on left side FPAS will be displayed as like below in the instrument cluster • Right Corner Zone indicates obstacle on the right side screen during obstacle detection. 2 bars indicate how close the obstacle is from the vehicle front bumper, with all bars highlighted being very close and 2nd bar alone indicate being distant.

10..4 Operatiion of PAS

1. Start the vehicle. 2. Change the gear to Reverse (engage reverse gear) and Dis 4. Display bars in the respective direction will glow according to engage Hand brake. RPAS & FPAS will be displayed as like obstacles in its path. below in Instrument Cluster. The RPAS & FPAS both will be displayed as like below in the instrument cluster screen during obstacle detection.

10-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM 5. The Beep sound can be heard from the Cluster speaker. 10..5 Pay Attentiion Frequency of the beep will increase if obstacle detected by sensor is closer (crossing each display bar) and the sound 1. If bars in any one of the sides are displayed with ‘?’ marks will be continuous if any of the obstacle is near the vehicle. and “PAS ERROR” is displayed on instrumental cluster display, contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

6. FPAS warning sound can be disabled using PAS Switch, available on IP. PAS switch LED will not glow when FPAS 2. If all bars are displayed with ‘?’ marks and “PAS ERROR” is sound is in active state and will be in ON state when PAS displayed on instrumental cluster display, contact an sound deactivated. Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 10-5 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM 3. Obstacle in the blind zone cannot be sensed by the system. 5. Point B will be detected sooner or later, but A may not be Applicable for all sensors. detected at all. Applicable for all sensors.

6. Not all obstacles are detected from 120 cm. For instance, a 4. Please check the condition of the obstacle behind and in person is detected from 75 cm because of the weak front of your vehicle before moving. In some cases, the reflection or absorption of the waves of the clothes. display may be not as same as reality due to the installed sensor level, obstacle shape and reflection condition.

10-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM 7. The distance indication may move up and down due to 9. The obstacle of a conical shape may not be detected, since different sizes of the obstacle at different positions. the ultrasonic waves get reflected away

8. Though the obstacle is in the sensing zone, obstacle may not be detected since the ultrasonic waves are not reflected 10..6 Liimiitatiions of PAS back to the sensor. • System may not sense obstacles like wire mesh, handrail, small objects which are below the bumper level • System may not sense obstacles with cotton or spongy surface, which will absorb ultrasonic waves emitted by PAS • System performance is dependent on the reflection angle of the obstacle • System may give false alert without obstacles while parking/ reversing the vehicle on grasslands, gravels and bumpy roads considering it to be an obstacle • System may alert you by sensing the ground when the bumper is not fitted in its intended position or when the vehicle is overloaded

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 10-7 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM • System may give false signal while the vehicle moves from plain • Because of other ultrasonic sources, sensor may give false ground to a slope terrain and vice versa alarm for e. g., sweeping machines, high pressure steam cleaners and neon lights • System may give false signal by sensing the ground when the bumper is tilted more from the normal position or when the • Due to vehicle horns, engines, air brakes of large vehicle is heavily overloaded vehicles, or other loud noises producing ultrasonic waves, the vicinity of the vehicle is noisy. It may cause sensor to give false • System may give false signal an alarm during heavy rain, snow alarm and heavy wind conditions

• The shape of the obstacle may prevent a sensor from detecting 10..7 Reverse Parkiing Assiistance System (RPAS) – Type it. Some obstacles for example as follows: 1(iif equiipped) – Sharply-angled objects Reverse parking assistance system is provided to aid the driver – Tall or curved curb while parking the vehicle in reverse at a speed of less than 8kmph. – Low obstacles (with height of 40 cm above ground level) While reversing, RPAS will detect the obstacles at the rear side of the vehicle within the sensing zone, which cannot be viewed through – Tall obstacles with upper sections projecting outwards in the the internal rear-view mirror and the outside rear view mirrors. The direction of the vehicle RPAS will then alert the driver by a beep sound and display about • Depending upon the shape of the obstacle and other the location of the detected obstacle. The alert sound level will vary environmental factors, the detection distance may shorten or proportional to the distance. Smaller the distance shorter the detection may be impossible interval between the beeps. • Obstacles may not be detected if they are too close to the Actiivatiion & de--actiivatiion of RPAS sensor • The Vehicle should be in IIGN ON state to activate the Parking • Thin posts or objects lower than the sensor may not be detected assistance system when approached, even if they have been detected once • RPAS will be activated automatically when reverse gear is engaged and Hand Brake is disengaged

10-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM • RPAS will be deactivated when reverse gear is disengaged or 10..7..1 Operatiion of RPAS Hand Break is engaged. • When the obstacles come in the sensing range, the system 1. Start the vehicle. starts giving the indication based on the distance and direction 2. Change the gear from neutral to reverse and disengage the of the obstacles as defined in the detecting zones. The closer the Hand Break for RPAS information on Instrument cluster obstacles, more display bars illuminated & beeps alerts. screen. RPAS diispllay on iinstrument clluster screen giives the follllowiing iinformatiion:: The RPAS will be displayed as like below in the instrument cluster screen during obstacle detection. • Left Corner zone indicates obstacle on left side • Center zone indicates obstacle on center side • Right Corner zone indicates obstacle on right side 3 bars indicate how close the obstacle is from the vehicle rear bumper, with all bars highlighted being very close and bar 3rd bar alone being distant. Centre sensor coverage range is more than corner sensor coverage.

3. Start moving the vehicle in reverse direction

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 10-9 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM 4. Display bars in the respective direction will glow according to 10..8 Reverse Parkiing Assiistance System (RPAS) - Type- obstacles in its path. 2 (iif equiipped)

Reverse parking assistance system is provided to aid the driver while parking the vehicle in reverse at a speed of less than 5kmph. While reversing, RPAS will detect the obstacles at the rear side of the vehicle within the sensing zone, which cannot be viewed through the internal rear-view mirror and the outside rear view mirrors. The RPAS will then alert the driver by a beep sound about the location of the detected obstacle. The alert sound level will vary proportional to the distance. Smaller the distance shorter the interval between the beeps. Actiivatiion & de--actiivatiion of RPAS 5. The Beep sound can be heard from the driver side speaker. Frequency of the beep will increase if obstacle comes closer • The Vehicle should be in IIGN ON state to activate the Parking (crossing each display bar) and the sound will be continuous assistance system if any of the obstacle is less than 50 cm. • RPAS will be activated automatically when reverse gear is engaged and Hand Brake is disengaged • RPAS will be deactivated when reverse gear is disengaged or Hand Break is engaged • When the obstacles come in the sensing range, the system starts giving the alert beeps. Closer the obstacles, higher the frequency of the alert beeps and when obstacle is very near to the vehicle, alert beeps will be continuous The frequency of RPAS Alert beeps will increase as the obstacle comes closer to the vehicle and when the obstacle comes very close to the vehicle the alert beeps will become continuous

10-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 PARKIING ASSIIST SYSTEM

Operatiion of RPAS 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Change the gear from neutral to reverse and disengage the Hand Break for RPAS alert beeps. 3. Start moving the vehicle in reverse direction. 4. The alert beeps will become more rapid as the vehicle approaches the obstacle. 5. The Beep sound can be heard from the driver side speaker. Frequency of the beep will increase if obstacle comes closer (crossing each display bar) and the sound will be continuous if any of the obstacle is less than 50 cm. Pay Attentiion: If Instrument Cluster gives 3 continuous beep alert tone whenever reverse gear engaged, Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

RPAS is an aiding system. Under no circumstances will Mahindra accept any responsibility or can be held liable for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damage caused by this system

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 10-11

REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped) 11 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped) 11..1 Feature Descriiptiion

Rear View Camera is located under tail gate applique. 11..1..1 Wiider Rear Viiew

Rear view camera (RVC) provides a wide 130 Deg Horizontal View and 105 Deg Vertical View. It overcomes limitation of IRVM, where ground is visible only after a distance from vehicle rear. Whereas with the RVC, the ground will be visible right after 15 cm to 30 cm from Vehicle’s Rear

Rear View Camera assists the driver while reversing & manoeuvring the Car at lower speeds. It has the following features: • Wider Rear View • Zoom-In View • Dynamic Guidelines • Parking Assistance with Voice and Text Guidance [Parallel & Perpendicular Parking]

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 11-1 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped) 11..1..2 Zoom-IIn Viiew 11..1..3 Dynamiic Guiidelliines

Dynamiic Guiidelliines indicate path, the vehicle will traverse with current steering position.

Press Zoom-In button to view objects closer and press Zoom-Out button to go back to the normal parking. This will help the driver in adjusting the steering, towards hitting any obstacles. Colour coding on the dynamic lines help in assessing the distance of obstacle from the vehicles’ rear. In the RVC Video, if Red coloured section of Dynamic Line falls on a object, then the Object is within 1 metre distance from the vehicle’s rear. Likewise, Yellow indicates 1- 2 mts, Green indicates 2-5 mts.

11-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped)

11..1..4 Parkiing Assiistance wiith Voiice and Text Guiidance Anglle Parkiing

The feature assists the driver for parking the vehicle in target Angle parking assistance guides the driver to park the vehicle in a parking Slot. The feature provides, assistance for Parallel and parking slot perpendicular to the vehicle. Below are the steps to Angular parking. It assists driver during parking, through visual achieve Angle parking. overlays as well as voice and text guidance. 1. Choose angle Parking button present on infotainment screen. Normall Parkiing

Drive ahead of the parking slot, until it is fully visible. Now select Unless the user select the angle or parallel Parking buttons on angle parking button. After selection, Infotainment display’s infotainment then by default, the system will provide Dynamic below screen: guideline for parking assistance to the driver.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 11-3 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped)

3. Complete Parking Hold steering in the maximum position and start driving the vehicle backwards. Once you observe the vehicles’ body, is in parallel to target parking slot, bring steering to centre position and continue driving backward until the whole vehicle is in target parking slot. Parking Completed.

2. Setting the steering angle Based on the side user prefers to park, either blue or green arc needs to be taken in to consideration Drive the vehicle, either forward / backward and ensure that preferred side arc’s tip is touching the starting edge of target parking slot. Once done stop the vehicle that preferred side arc’s tip is touching the starting edge that preferred side arc’s tip is touching the starting edge that preferred side arc’s tip is touching the starting edge Turn steering wheel to the maximum position, Turn steering wheel to the maximum position, Towards direction of the parking slot. Green/blue overlay disappears, and the dynamic overlay appears on the screen

11-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped)

Parallllell Parkiing 2. Setting the steering angle: Parallel Parking guides the driver to park the vehicle, in a slot Drive the vehicle Forward or Backward and ensure the parallel to the vehicle. greenish-blue rectangle [consider right rectangle if parking image slot is on right side and consider left rectangle if parking 1. “Parallel parking” function on infotainment. Refer the below slot is on left side], is placed in the parking slot. Make sure image. obstacles are not present in the parking slot after the red pole. The red pole should match with the front/rear bumper of the parked vehicle.

Ensure, there is enough space(min.3ft) sideways between your vehicle and the parked vehicle before engaging reverse.

Drive ahead of the parking slot, until the parking slot is fully visible. Now select the parallel parking button. After selection, Infotainment display’s the below screen

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 11-5 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped)

• Now start turning the steering wheel towards the direction in which parking slot is present. A shorter rectangle box will appear which will change the colours according to the Green/Blue/Red colours in this mode, are for guiding the steering position. When the box is green, stop turning the vehicle to the parking slot and it would not detect the steering wheel and hold the position. obstacles or alert the driver in that zone. It is the sole responsibility of the user to ensure the rear end obstacles/vehicles which can lead to damage while parking. 3. Complete Parking • With current steering position, start moving the vehicle backward. A green arc line will appear. When the green arc touches the parking slot end position, stop the vehicle

Green collour:: Represents suitable parking location. You can try an attempt to park Red collour:: Represents unsafe/potential risk parking. Your vehicle may hit the side of the vehicle already parked. Bllue collour:: Represents unsafe/potential risk parking. Final parking space length needed will be larger than the desired length of parking space. May lead to wrong vehicle direction movement.

11-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped)

• Now rotate the steering wheel to maximum in the opposite 4. Voice and Text Guidance during Parking Assistance direction. Arc is then replaced by dynamic parking line. Continue backing the vehicle with the help of dynamic guideline.

• To make the parking assistance user-friendly, voice and text guidance is given • Both Text and Voice guidance can be selected or • When it is observed the vehicles body, is in parallel to target deselected in the following Path, through Infotainment: parking slot, bring steering to centre position. Continue driving backward until the whole vehicle is in the target Home ->CarInfo->RVC parking slot. Parking Completed • Also, Voice Guidance can be selectecd/deselected through Mute/UnMute Button on the screen

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 11-7 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped) 11..2 Screen Viiew Sellectiion 11..3 Entry and Exiit Condiitiions

Two views are available – 11..3..1 Entry Condiitiions • Screen with buttons Whenever you apply the reverse gear, the infotainment will enter into ‘Rear View Camera Mode’ and displays the video. You can view reverse video, by selecting Reverse View Camera Option present on Infotainment Screen, irrespective of the gear position.

Below is the path: Home → Car-Info → Rev Camera

• Screen without buttons

You cannot enter RVC Mode, through the infotainment screen button, if the vehicle is in forward gear and vehicle speed exceeds 20 kmph.

11-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped)

11..3..2 Exiit Condiitiions • In case of any RVC-related issues, the Infotainment shall display ‘Contact Service Centre’ and vehicle needs to be taken to the • If the user is not in Parallel or Angular Parking mode and Service Centre. Avoid using the Rear-View Camera under these Infotainment has entered ‘RVC Mode’ due to reverse gear, then circumstances RVC mode exits, when the driver disengages reverse gear • If the driver is not in Parallel or Angular Parking mode and Infotainment has entered ‘RVC Mode’, due to Reverse Camera selection present on the Infotainment, then RVC mode can be exited, by selecting the Cancel button appearing on the screen • Irrespective of RVC entry conditions, when driver is in Parallel or Angular Parking Mode, driver can exit the RVC Mode using Cancel button that appears, whenever driver is in forward gear • RVC Mode is exited, whenever vehicle is in forward gear and vehicle speed exceeds 20 kmph • If rear of your vehicle is damaged or if the Camera position is changed, please contact the nearest Mahindra Authorised 11..4 Camera Maiintenance Service Center, for recalibrating the Camera.

Always keep the Camera lens clean from dust. Presence of dirt on 11..5 System Liimiitatiions lens may lead to poor image quality. Always use clear water & soft nonabrasive cloth to clean the lens. • Reverse view camera may not operate normally, when you drive in the extremely high or low temperature area. (Operating temperature: -20°C ~ 65°C) • Under certain circumstances given below, the rear view camera Don’t clean the camera lens and the area around the rear view system will work with limitation or will not function fully: camera with a power washer. - In heavy rain, snow or fog.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 11-9 REAR VIIEW CAMERA (RVC) (iif equiipped)

- At night or in very dark places. area. Pay attention and ensure safety before manoeuvring the car. Driver is legally responsible for their car - If the camera is exposed to very bright light sources. • The reverse view camera is only a supplementary function - Display may flicker, if the camera area is lit by LED or fluorescent and may display obstacles from a distorted perspective & lighting. inaccurately • If there is a sudden change in temperature, from cold to hot • Avoid using of rear view camera, if you are having eye colour areas blindness or impaired colour vision • If the camera lens got dirty or obstructed • Objects above the ground or hanged may appear to be far away than they are. But in reality, objects shall be closer to • If the rear of your vehicle got damaged. And if the Camera your car. In such cases, avoid using guidelines to judge the position and the settings got changed. Please contact the nearest Mahindra Authorised Service Center distance. Since it leads to mis-adjustments and increase the risk of collision with your car • Camera image reproduced slightly delayed and not in real time due to processing. As the display is 2-dimensional, pointed and • It is driver’s responsibility to identify the suitable parking area to park his car safely protruding obstacles are hard to depict and thus very difficult to recognise. Please avoid reverse view camera in the above • Rear view video is shown, whenever reverse gear is applied, situation. It could you otherwise injure others or damage objects but it cannot be used as a rear view monitoring system, and your vehicle which cannot replace the driver for looking into exterior and • The performance gets affected sometimes due to deposition of interior view mirrors ice, dust, heavy rain, heavy wind, heavy exhaust on the camera

Rear View Camera is only meant to aid the driver and to enhance convenience while parking. It does not in any way • Images shown on the display is a mirror-inverted manner, as replace the driver’s abilities and driving skills while using this like the rearview mirror. Make sure that no persons or system. Under any circumstances, Mahindra accepts no animals and any objects/materials are in the manoeuvring responsibility and cannot be held liable for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damage caused by this system.

11-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STEERIING AND BRAKES 12 STEERIING AND BRAKES 12..1 Steeriing

Your vehicle is equipped with an Electric power steering system (EPS). There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill. EPS uses energy from the battery to decrease the driver's effort in steering the If the warning light remains illuminated after the engine has vehicle. The EPS system will give you good vehicle response and been started, there will be no assistance from power steering. increased ease of manoeuvrability in tight spaces. If for some The vehicle may be driven using the mechanical steering reason the power assist is interrupted, it will provide mechanical system although it is not recommended as the effort to turn steering capability to steer the vehicle. Under these conditions, you the steering wheel will be significantly high. In this case, contact will observe a substantial increase in steering effort. an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately.

When driving in rough/off roads, hold the steering wheel rim, Keep both hands on the steering wheel, with the thumbs do not hold the wheel spokes. A sudden bump can jerk/turn resting on the outer wheel rim. the wheel and injure your hand. This may also lead to loss of vehicle control. To help prevent damage to the power steering motor: • Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or the extreme left for more than a few secs. when the engine is The EPS warning light should only be illuminated with the running ignition ON before starting the engine.

If the Electric power steering system breaks down (or if the engine is turned OFF), you can still steer the vehicle manually, but it takes more effort.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 12-1 STEERIING AND BRAKES If the steering wanders or pulls, check for: The steering wheel can be adjusted for rake as required using the lever in the steering shroud under the steering wheel. • Under inflated tyre(s) on any wheel(s) • Uneven vehicle loading To tilt/adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the Tilt lever down to unlock. • High crown in the centre of the road • High crosswinds • Wheels out of alignment • SAS (Steering Angle Sensor) calibration • Wheels out of balance • Loose or worn suspension components

12..1..1 Tiillt Steeriing 2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to the desired position. 3. Push the tilt lever back up to its original position to lock the steering.

Improperly locked steering wheel could cause loss of control and lead to accidents. Never adjust the steering wheel while driving.

12-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STEERIING AND BRAKES 12..2 Steeriing Mode Controll Swiitch driving safety system, when cornering or braking on the road with different . You may feel the difference in steering when these functions are in operation.

12..2..1 Steeriing Mode Controll

The smart steer system allows adjusting the steering power according to driver’s preference or road conditions. 3 levels (COMFORT, NORMAL, SPORT) of steering modes are available to select using the Steering Mode Control switch. COMFORT Mode When pressing the Steering Mode Control switch, current steering mode comes on the display. You can change the steering mode in sequence (COMFORT => NORMAL => SPORT) as shown on the right, by pressing the Steering Mode Control switch once more within 4 seconds. If the Steering Mode Control switch is not pressed within 4 seconds, the system will return to the previous mode. The selected steering mode is still maintained after the ignition switch turned OFF and back ON.

COMFORT mode can be selected if you want smoother and more EPS (Electronic Power Steering) system is mounted in the comfortable driving than NORMAL mode. steering handle. This system includes functions to compensate the steering power, interlocking with ESP, the supplementary

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 12-3 STEERIING AND BRAKES

NORMAL Mode 12..3 Steeriing Controlls - Audiio (iif equiipped)

The steering wheel also houses switches to control the main audio functions. NORMAL mode is used for general driving with normal steering power. 12..3..1 Steeriing Audiio Operatiions SPORT Mode

A BLUETOOTH HANDSFREE D MUTE B SEEK UP ˄/ DOWN˅ E VOLUME + SPORT mode is suitable for sporty driving or while driving on a high C MODE F VOLUME - way.

12-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STEERIING AND BRAKES

BLUETOOTH HANDSFREE 12..4 Brakes

Phone switch using Bluetooth handsfree for mobile phone use. Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes in the front and rear SEEK UP ˄/ DOWN˅ wheels. • In file play mode Disc brakes offer good braking capability and reduced stopping Press the seek switch UP/DOWN: Moves to PREVIOUS/NEXT distance. Wet brake discs result in reduced braking efficiency. After file of MP3 and video playing a car wash or driving the vehicle through water, pump the brake pedal mildly while driving to remove the film of water from the brake • In radio mode pads. Press the seek switch UP/DOWN briefly: Manual search, moves to selected channel Brake pads feature wear indicator. When the front brake pad is Press and hold the seek switch UP/DOWN: Auto search worn out, there will be an indication in the cluster; the brake warning lamp will be ON. Replace the brake pads immediately. MODE Press and hold the mode switch to change the audio mode (AM, FM1, FM2 and etc.). Driving with wet brakes is dangerous. Stopping distance MUTE increases considerably when braking. Dry the brakes by driving at very slow speed and applying the Press and hold the MUTE button for more than 2 seconds to brakes lightly until the brake performance becomes normal. mute/unmute audio while in TUNER and AUX mode and pause the song while in CD, USB mode. VOLUME CONTROL (‘‘+’’ and ‘‘--’ ) Even if the power assist (vacuum assistance) is completely lost, Press ‘+’ and ‘-’ button to increase or decrease the volume the brakes will still work. The brake pedal would be much harder than normal and the vehicle stopping / braking distance will be longer than usual.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 12-5 STEERIING AND BRAKES 12..4..1 Parkiing on a Hiillll/IInclliine parking brake is firmly set when parked and the gear shift lever is in gear. When parking on a hill; first apply the parking brake; after that If you have to park facing uphill, select first gear and turn the front shift the gear lever to 1st gear. This will avoid the load on the wheels away from the kerb. If you have to park facing downhill, transmission, locking mechanism may make it difficult to move the select reverse gear and turn the front wheels towards the kerb. shift lever out of gear. Always ensure that the vehicle is in gear and parking brakes is engaged before leaving the vehicle. Be sure the parking brake is fully disengaged before driving off. 12..4..2 Parkiing Brake Failure to do so can lead to brake problems due to excessive heating of the rear brakes. It will also result in reduced fuel efficiency; lowered brake pad life and rear brake squeal. • The parking brake should be adjusted as per recommended maintenance schedule • Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle, and be certain to leave the transmission in gear. Failure to do so may allow the vehicle to roll and cause damage, hit a bystander resulting in personal injury

To apply the parking brake, hold and pull the park brake lever up as firmly • Leaving unattended children in a vehicle is dangerous for a as possible. When the parking brake is applied with the ignition ON, the number of reasons. Children should be warned not to touch brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates. To release the the parking brake or the gear shift lever. Do not leave the key parking brake, pull the parking brake lever up slightly, press the release in the ignition. A child could move the vehicle leading to button on the bottom of the lever and lower the parking brake lever accidents completely. • The parking brake should always be applied when the driver is not in the vehicle The brake warning lamp indicates only the parking brake status. It does not indicate the degree of brake application. Be sure the

12-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STEERIING AND BRAKES Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause 12..7 Antii--Lock Brake System (ABS) the rear wheels to lock up. You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident.

12..5 Hazard Actiivatiion Upon Crash

Hazard lamps are turned on automatically in case of an unfortunate event of an accident where Airbags are deployed. In such a scenario, the hazard lamps will be on for 30 min or it can be turned off by operating Hazard switch (Off to On) or Ignition reset (Ignition Off and On)

The Anti-lock Brake System (also called as ABS) is designed to help Once activated hazard remains on for 30 minutes by default prevent lock-up of the wheels and stable stopping of vehicle during a sudden, panic emergency braking or braking on slippery road Deactiivatiion surfaces. The ABS system takes input from wheel speed sensors • 30 minutes since activation is elapsed and brake pedal switch to control the brake fluid pressures at the wheels to avoid wheel lock-up. It allows vehicle to be steered during • Hazard switch On to Off transition is made braking. • IGN turned Off and again turned On The minimum speed for ABS to function is 12 kmph. ABS is activated only during wheel lock conditions where ABS takes over 12..6 Vehiiclle Breakdown Warniing and prevents wheel lock.

In case of a brake down, would be turned on automatically During the ABS operation, a slight pulsation may be felt in the brake to indicate oncoming traffic. This feature will come into action upon pedal to indicate ABS is active. You may also hear motor noise from opening the bonnet when vehicle speed is less than 5 kmph. the engine compartment. It is recommended to hold the brake pedal firmly while the ABS is active rather than pumping the brake pedal.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 12-7 STEERIING AND BRAKES Depressing the brake pedal on slippery road surfaces as on a important to drive with all due care and maintain a moderate speed manhole cover, a steel plate at a construction site, a joint in a and safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. There are limits bridge, etc. on a rainy day, tends to activate the anti-lock brake to the vehicle stability and effectiveness of steering wheel operation system. even with ABS active. The ABS warning lamp lights up when you switch ON If tyre grip performance exceeds its capability, or if hydroplaning the ignition and should go out after a few secs. If the occurs during high speed driving in the rain, the Anti-lock Brake ABS warning lamp does not go out or if it comes ON System will not assist with vehicle control. while driving, it means there is a fault in the ABS system. In both cases, the normal braking system remains efficient, exactly as on a 12..8 Ellectroniic Brake Force Diistriibutiion (EBD) vehicle without ABS. The vehicle should be examined as soon as (iif equiipped) possible by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. The ABS is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Always EBD, as a subsystem of the ABS system, controls the effective drive at a moderate speed and maintain a safe distance from the adhesion utilisation of the rear wheels. EBD aids in distributing the vehicle in front of you. The stopping distance may be longer in the brake forces more evenly leading to better vehicle stability during following cases: braking. • Driving on rough, gravel or snow-covered roads Typically, the front end carries more weight and EBD distributes less braking pressure to the rear brakes avoiding a lock up/skid. • Driving with tyre chains installed For example, under light loads EBD applies less effort to the rear • Driving over the steps such as the joints on the road brakes and for heavy loads it allows full braking effort to the rear • Driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or differences wheels. in surface height A fault with EBD is indicated by illumination of the brake as well as ABS warning lamps. The vehicle should be examined as soon as possible by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. Do not overestimate the Anti-lock Brake System: Although the Anti- lock Brake System assists in providing vehicle control, it is still

12-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

13 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR-- or eyes may cause irritation and frostbite. They can also cause CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC) suffocation, dizziness and loss of concentration. When mixed with compressed air or certain other refrigerants, it may form HVAC system provided in the vehicle enables occupants to flammable mixture. Never try to service HVAC system yourself automatically/manually adjust air flow distribution pattern, air flow which would involve refrigerant handling. rate, air intake mode and air temperature inside passenger compartment. By appropriately adjusting the control knobs/ switches provided on the HVAC control panel, located on centre - If you sleep while operating the air conditioner or heater with console, occupant’s comfort can be ensured. HVAC system also all the windows closed, You may suffocate to death due to lack helps in defrosting and defogging / de-misting the windshield and of ventilation. When you operate the air conditioner or heater, windows. ventilate frequently. Air flow direction can be further controlled by adjusting louvres of Multiple vents are provided for distributing the air, being force- air vents. An air filter is provided at the inlet of HVAC blower. circulated by HVAC blower, throughout the passenger Engine coolant is utilised to heat the cabin air. For cooling the cabin compartment. air, an air-condititioning circuit based on the vapour compression refrigeration cycle is used. The air-condititioning system uses a refrigerant along with a suitable lubricating oil. Although being non- To ensure sufficient air flow and hence adequate HVAC system ozone depleting, the refrigerant is a greenhouse gas, hence once performance, air flow path should be kept free of obstructions. allowed to escape in the atmosphere, it adversely affects the Keep system’s air intake, located near plenum appliqué, free of environment by contributing to global warming/climate change. snow, leaves and other debris. Also keep the area in front of air vents free of any obstruction inside the cabin.

Refrigerant used in system is a hazardous liquefied gas and is under high pressure. The refrigerant is colourless and has ethereal or faint sweetish odour. Exposure of refrigerant to skin

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-1 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC) 13..1 HVAC Overviiew

13-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC) 13..1..1 Front Centre Vent 13..1..2 Front Siide Vent

You can adjust the direction of the airflow by moving the knob horizontally or vertically. You can adjust the direction of the airflow by moving the airflow direction control lever on the air outlet. The outlet vents can be opened or closed using the vent dial.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-3 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC) 13..2 Duall Zone Automatiic Heater and A/C (iif equiipped)

13-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

13..2..1 Auto Operatiion Mode (Auto IIndiicator ON) Use only when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO (1) switch. 2. AUTO indicator is displayed on the display. 3. Set the desired cabin temperature with the temperature control switch (2). 4. The temperature of the passenger compartment is automatically maintained according to the set temperature. 5. If the driver and co-driver require different temperatures in their respective zones, the same can be done by pressing the dual switch and subsequently, setting different 1 AUTO Switch temperatures using temperature control switches. 2 Temperature control Switch When you use the blower speed control knob, mode switch (air source selection switch), air conditioner switch or defroster switch 3 Auto Indicator ON during the auto operation mode, AUTO indicator on the display goes out and the air conditioner system can be controlled manually.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-5 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

13..2..2 Manuall Operatiion Mode (Auto IIndiicator OFF) 4. Select the air flow by pressing the air distribution/mode switch (4). 5. Select the air source mode by pressing air source selection switch (5). 6. To turn on the air conditioner, press the A/C ON switch (6). In manual mode, the AUTO indicator on display does not come on and you can manually adjust the climate conditions by controlling the switches such as temperature, fan speed, mode (air distribution), A/C, air source selection, MEMORY and DUAL temp. selection control switches.

Air Source Selection 1 ON/OFF switch 5 Switch Temperature control To activate the auto operation mode, press AUTO switch. 2 6 A/C ON Switch switch Fan speed controll diiall (2) 3 Fan Speed Control Dial 7 AUTO Indicator OFF Air Distribution/Mode 4 Switch Use only when the engine is running. 1. Press ON/OFF switch (1) 2. Set the desired temperature by pressing the temperature control switch (2). 3. Adjust the fan speed by rotating the fan speed control dial (3).

13-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

You can adjust the airflow by rotating the fan speed dial (2) with Defroster swiitch (4) engine ON. If you adjust the airflow using fan speed dial (2) in AUTO mode, the AUTO indicator (B) on display (1) goes off and the operation mode is changed to the manual mode.

The air conditioner does not operate with rotating the fan speed dial, if the A/C switch is not pressed. However, the air flows due to the fan operation. AUTO swiitch (3)

Use this switch for quick defrosting with the engine ON. When you press this switch, its indicator lamp lights up, and the airflow direction is changed to the windshield and door glasses while outside air comes in with A/C operation. The temperature of the air is automatically changed to Hot when the defrost switch is pressed. However, the user can reduce the temperature by pressing the temperature down button as per wish. At this time A/C, Defroster and Fresh air indicators come on in the If you press the AUTO switch (3) with engine ON, AUTO indicator (B) display. If you press the switch again, defrosting stops with the appears on display (1) and the set temperature is maintained while indicator lamp turned off and the mode returns to the previous the airflow and air distribution are automatically controlled. operation. While the defroster switch (4) is operating, its indicator lamp (L) lights up and the lamp (L) turns off when the defroster The indicator lamp (L) lights up while AUTO switch (3) is operating, switch is not working. and the lamp (L) turns off when the AUTO switch is not working. DUAL mode will not function in Defrost mode.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-7 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

MEMORY swiitch (5) As a convenience function, pressing this switch, automatically change the current climate conditions to previously saved temperature, fan speed, air source selection and mode while the engine is ON. With MEMORY function, you can save maximum 3 modes which appear on display (w/ saved memory indicator) in sequence, each time MEMORY switch is briefly pressed. Examplles of iitems that can be memoriised are:: Memory iitem MEMORY Driiver siide Passenger siide Aiir Source A/C Aiir Diistriibutiion Fan Speed Duall Temp.. Temp. Sellectiion 1 22 deg C 22 deg C OFF Bi-level Fresh Air Level 2 OFF 2 25 deg C 23 deg C OFF Front View Recirculation Level 4 ON 3 30 deg C 28 deg C OFF Footwell Fresh Air Level 8 ON MEMORY function will stop if you press any control switch other than MEMORY switch (5) during its operation.

How to use MEMORY functiion 6. Similarly set other 2 memory also. 1. Select the desired memory (1M, 2M or 3M), which needs to 7. User can select the desired Memory, all setting changes as be set. stored in that memory. 2. Adjust the temp, Dual mode, mode, Auto etc what is desired.

3. Press and hold the MEMORY switch for 3-4 seconds. If you adjust the temperature, fan speed, Air source selection and mode from saved memory location (1M, 2M, 3M), the 4. 1M/2M OR 3M selected in display blinks for 5 times, memory is replaced with new information, when you press and stating the setting are getting saved. hold the memory switch for 3 - 4 seconds 5. Once settings are saved, the blinking STOPS.

13-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

ON/OFF swiitch (6) Co–Driiver temperature controll swiitch (7)

You can turn on or turn off the Dual automatic Temperature To adjust the temperature as desired, press the temperature controller (DATC) by using this switch with IGN ON. control switch (7) while the engine is ON. The temperature decreases with pressing blue ˅ (arrow) and increases with red ˄ The display (1) comes on or goes off by pressing ON/OFF switch (arrow). (6). The set temperature ( A , I ) is shown on the display after pressing the switch (7). Aiir source sellectiion swiitch (8) If you press this switch (8) with IGN ON, the indication lamp (L) lights up and the air recirculation indicator on display (1) comes on. If you press this switch (8) again, the indication lamp (L) turns off and the air source selection is changed to Fresh air intake mode.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-9 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

temperature control switch (7) is pressed, passenger side temperature (A) on the display is adjusted as desired Do not use recirculation mode in the vehicle for extended periods of time with every window closed. Doing so can cause • While the DUAL mode switch (9) is operating, its indicator lamp headache, drowsiness and fogged window due to lack of oxygen (L) lights up and the lamp turns off when the DUAL mode switch is not working If exhaust gas comes in, there is a danger of carbon monoxide poisoning. Set to the fresh air intake mode after passing through a dusty or polluted area with air recirculation mode. When the DUAL mode switch (9) is turned off with its indicator (K), the passenger temperature (A) returns to the driver side set temperature (I). Mode swiitch (10) Each time you press this switch (10) with IGN ON, the air Automatiic sellectiion of the fresh or aiir ciircullatiion mode distribution mode is changed and displayed as shown in the figure below. When the defroster switch is pressed, outside air automatically comes in. When the switch is pressed again, the previous mode is When you press this switch in AUTO mode (AUTO indicator ON), the restored. system is changed to the manual control mode (AUTO indicator OFF). DUAL swiitch (9) This function allows controlling the passenger side temperature separately with engine ON. • If you press the DUAL switch (9), the indicator lamp (L) lights up and DUAL mode indicator on the display comes on • When the temperature control switch (11) is pressed, the driver side temperature (I) on the display is adjusted as desired and

13-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

Face-Level (normally, when cooling)

Face/Foot-Level

Foot-Level (normally, when heating) Note:: When choosing this mode, some air flows out from windshield and side glass vents to prevent from fogging on the windshield. Aiir condiitiioner swiitch (13) Foot/Defrost-Level

Driiver temperature controll swiitch (11) You can adjust the driver side temperature with this switch (11) if the DUAL switch (9) is turned ON while the engine is running. The temperature decreases with pressing blue ˅ (arrow) and increases with red ˄(arrow).

Refer to dual switch (9) Air conditioner is turned ON and OFF with this switch (13). While air conditioner switch (13) is operating, its indicator lamp (L) lights up, and the lamp turns off when the switch is not working.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-11 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC) 13..3 Manuall Temperature Controll (MTC)

13-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

Heater/Aiir condiitiioner operatiion Swiitch iindiicator llamp (1) This lamp indicates temperature change by the temperature control switch (2) operation. As you press ˅ button on the temperature control switch (2), the red LED (B) turns off one by one, and the blue LED (A) lights on in the same way As you press ˄ button on the temperature control switch (2), the blue LED (A) turns off one by one, and the red LED (B) lights on in the same way. Temperature controll swiitch (2) Operate while the engine is running. By pressing this switch, you can adjust the temperature as desired • Adjust the airflow by rotating the fan speed control dial (4). • Set the desired temperature by pressing the temperature Each time you press the ˄ button on temperature control switch, control switch (2) the temperature increases and the temperature decreases as ˅ button is pressed. • Adjust the air distribution with using the mode switch (8, 9,12,13) The blue (cold)/red (hot) LED in the switch indicator lamp (1) will come on or goes off depending on the temperature control switch • Select the air intake mode by pressing air circulation switch (7) (2) operation. or fresh air intake switch (11) • Press the air conditioner switch (5) to use A/C While each switch is operating, its indicator lamp lights up, and the While the red LEDs of the temperature indicator lamp (B) are lamp turns off when the switch is not working. lighted on, they will turn off one by one each time you press ˅ button on the temperature control switch (2). Likewise, the blue LEDs will go off one by one as you press the ˄ button on the

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-13 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

temperature control switch (2) while they came on the Aiir condiitiioner swiitch (5) temperature indicator lamp (A). Rotate the fan speed control dial (4) clockwise (B ) from the OFF Diiall posiitiion iindiicator (3) position while the engine is ON. This indicator shows current position of the fan speed control dial 1. Press the air conditioner switch (5). (4). 2. Press the temperature control switch (2) to adjust for the Fan speed controll diiall (4) cool air to come out. You can adjust the airflow by rotating the fan speed control dial (4) 3. Set the air distribution as desired by pressing the mode with IGN ON. switch (8 , 9 , 12, 13). The fan speed decreases if you rotating the dial (4) While each switch is operating, its indicator lamp lights up, and the counterclockwise (A) and it increases when you rotate the dial lamp turns off when the switch is not working. clockwise (B). This will stop at OFF position of the dial (4).

Do not use recirculation mode for extended periods of time. Doing so can cause headache, drowsiness and fogged window due to lack of oxygen.

The air conditioner does not operate with rotating the fan speed dial (4), if the A/C switch (5) is not pressed. However, the air flows 7 due to the fan operation.

13-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

Defroster swiitch (6) Aiir reciircullatiion mode swiitch (7) Use this switch for quick defrosting with the engine ON. When you press this switch (7), air recirculation mode is applied and indicator lamp (7C) lights on. When you press this switch (6), its indicator lamp (C) lights up, and the airflow direction is changed to the windshield and door glasses Use this mode when maximum heating/ is needed. while outside air comes in with A/C operation. To cancel the air recirculation mode, press the fresh air intake To cancel the defroster function, press any switch among the mode mode switch (11). switch (8, 9,12,13) and MAX A/C switch (10).

Do not use recirculation mode for extended periods of time. When it rains and is very humid, you may have fog on the Doing so can cause headache, drowsiness and fogged window windshield and windows. The fog will block your view through all due to lack of oxygen. windows and can create a dangerous situation. If this happens, If exhaust gas comes in, there is a danger of carbon monoxide press the mode switch (12 ) to change the airflow direction poisoning. Set to the fresh air intake mode after passing toward the windshield with defrost foot through a dusty or polluted area with air recirculation mode. MAX A/C swiitch (10) When you press MAX A/C (Maximum cooling) switch (10) while the heater or A/C is running, • The air conditioner operates • The air recirculation mode is applied • The air flows toward the face • The temperature is automatically set to the lowest with all blue LEDs (4EA) of the temperature indicator lamp (A) lighted up

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-15 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

You can adjust the airflow distribution with using these switches. While each switch is operating, its indicator lamp lights up, and the lamp turns off when the switch is not working.

The air flows toward the windshield and door glasses. If you press the defroster switch, the fresh air intake 1 mode is automatically applied and the air conditioner operates.

2 Face-Level (when cooling) Fresh aiir iintake mode swiitch (11) When you press this switch (11), fresh air intake mode is applied Face/Foot-Level and indicator lamp (11C) lights on. 3 To cancel the fresh air intake mode, press the recirculation mode Face-Level. The air recirculation mode is applied and switch (7). MAX the air conditioner operates. 4 A/C The lowest temperature is automatically selected with Aiirfllow mode swiitch (6, 8,, 9, 10, 12, 13) all blue LEDs lighted on (Maximum cooling position). Foot/Defrost-Level 5 The fresh air intake mode is automatically applied. Foot-Level (normally, when heating) 6 Note: While in Foot mode, some air flows to the windshield and door glasses to prevent the windshield from fogging

13-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC) 13..4 Defoggiing/Defrostiing

13..4..1 Duall Zone Automatiic Heater and A/C To prevent the windshield from fogging up, it is recommended to set the air source selection switch (4) to the fresh air intake • Press the defroster switch (1). (The indicator lamp (C) ON) mode. • When the defrost button is pressed then, 1. If the previous set blower speed is 0, then it will be set to 1. 2. If the previous set blower speed is between 1 and 3, then it will be set to 3. 3. If the previous set blower speed is greater than 3, then it will remain same. The display shows A/C, Defrost and Fresh air indicators • The temperature of the air is automatically changed to Hot when the defrost switch is pressed. However, the user can reduce the If you press the defroster switch (1), the fresh air intake mode temperature by pressing the temperature down button as per is applied with A/C ON. wish. • To quickly remove the fog on the glass, set the fan speed control dial (2) at a high speed position When it rains and is very humid, you may have fog on the • DUAL mode will not function in Defrost mode windshield and windows. The fog will block your view through all windows and can create a dangerous situation. If this happens, set the air source selection switch to the fresh air intake mode and change the airflow direction toward the windshield.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-17 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

• An extended air conditioner operation in the foot-level, foot/defrost- level or defrost modes may cause the outside of the windshield to fog due to the temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the vehicle. In this case, quickly remove the moisture using the windshield wipers and change the airflow to face-level mode to reduce fogging on the outside of the windshield • Make sure to remove any foreign matters such as snow and leaves on the air inlets to avoid window fogging, especially in winter and summer

If you press the defroster switch (1), the fresh air intake mode is applied 13..4..2 Manuall Heater/Aiir Condiitiioner with A/C ON.

• Press the defroster switch (1). (The indicator lamp (C) ON) • Rotate the fan speed control dial (2) clockwise from the OFF When it rains and is very humid, you may have fog on the windshield and position windows. The fog will block your view through all windows and can create a dangerous situation. If this happens, set the air source selection switch to • Set the temperature as desired using the control switch (3) the fresh air intake mode and change the airflow direction toward the windshield. • To quickly remove the fog on the glass, set the fan speed control dial (2) at a high speed position

• An extended air conditioner operation in the foot-level, foot/defrost- level or defrost modes may cause the outside of the windshield to To prevent the windshield from fogging up, it is recommended to set the air fog due to the temperature difference between the inside and the source selection switch (4) to the fresh air intake mode. outside of the vehicle. In this case, quickly remove the moisture using the windshield wipers and change the airflow to face-level mode to reduce fogging on the outside of the windshield

13-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDIITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

• Make sure to remove any foreign matters such as snow and leaves 1. Detach the locknut (10 MM, 1EA) and screws (2EA) from on the air inlets to avoid window fogging, especially in winter and lower part of the glove box. summer 2. Open the glove box by pressing the open switch. 3. Remove the glove box by loosening 4 screws and 3 of IP 13..5 Repllaciing Aiir Condiitiioner Fiillter setscrews from upper part of the glove box Repllace the Aiir Condiitiioner Fiillter When Unpleasant odor is generated at the first operation after a long unused period. Cooling and blowing capacity have decreased.

• Do not apply excessive force to the holders when removing the glove box. It may cause a deformation of holders and results in a loose installation 4. Disconnect the switch wirings (1) and lamp wirings (2) while • Replace air conditioner filter while paying attention to the installing pulling out the glove box direction

• Replace the air conditioner filter at every 10000 km of driving. However, if the vehicle is operated under severe conditions, such as on dusty or unpaved roads, and excessive air conditioner or heater use, the replacement interval can be shortened • When the filter is contaminated, it will decrease the cooling or heating capacity of the system and creates unpleasant odors

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 13-19 HEATIING,, VENTIILATIION AND AIIR--CONDITIIONIING SYSTEM (HVAC)

5. After detaching the damper cable by pulling it up, remove the glove box completely. (When attaching, make sure that the damper cable passes through the inside of the fixing bracket.)

When replacing the filter, the arrow printed on the side of the filter should face to the blower motor.

6. Pull out the A/C filter after removing the fixing cover by pulling it off using your hand

When replacing the filter, the arrow printed on the side of the filter should face to the blower motor 7. Install in reverse order of removal.

13-20 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE 14 STARTIING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHIICLE

14..1 Safety Tiips - Before Startiing Your Vehiiclle Never start your vehicle in a closed garage or in an enclosed area. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always keep the garage door 14..1..1 Generall open or start the engine in an open area.

• Before starting the vehicle, inspect the inside and outside of the 14..1..2 Miirror Adjjustment vehicle; look for any damages, leaks, loose parts, foreign objects/debris. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer if Ensure that the rearview mirror and both the ORVM’s are adjusted required for an unobstructed view of the road behind. • Before starting your journey, check the working of all safety devices/components, especially brakes, steering, lamps, signals 14..1..3 Exteriior Lamps and tyres. In case you suspect any system/devices are not working properly, contact Authorised Mahindra Dealer Have someone observe and confirm normal operation of all exterior • Adjust the seat headrest, steering wheel and fasten the seat belt lamps while you work on the controls from the driver seat. Also, as described in this manual. Never perform any seat / steering check functioning of all lamps in the instrument panel. adjustments when the vehicle is in motion • Start the vehicle only when seated and belted in the driver's seat 14..1..4 Door Latches Check for positive closing, latching, and locking of all doors, both from inside and outside. The Engine Management System controls the engine's idle speed. When the engine starts, idle RPM runs higher than normal in order to warm the engine. The engine idle speed 14..1..5 Flluiid Leaks RPM reduces once the engine warms up. Check the area under the vehicle after an overnight parking for fuel, power steering fluid, brake fluid, engine coolant, oil, or other fluid

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-1 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE

leaks. If leaks are observed, contact an Authorised Mahindra 6. Once the engine starts, release the key; it will return to the IGN Dealer. position.

14..2 Startiing the Engiine Do not continue cranking after the engine has started. This Make sure all vehicle occupants are properly seated in their seats will lead to damage of the starter and other engine and have buckled their safety belts. For more information on seat, components. headrest positioning, safety belts and their proper usage, refer to 7. If the engine fails to start, attempt to restart after about 10 the “Seat Belts” section in this manual. seconds 8. If the engine fails to start even after repeated attempts as per the procedure given above, contact the nearest Authorised Before crankiing the engiine Mahindra Dealer. • Make sure the gear shift lever is in neutral • Make sure the parking brake is engaged. Turn the key to IGN position but do not turn the key to start To prevent damage to the starter, wait 10 secs before attempting to restart the engine. • Few warning lamps briefly illuminate. See “Warning Lamps in the Instrument Cluster” section for more information 1. Shift the gear shift lever to neutral position. If the vehicle battery has discharged, use booster cables, a 2. Apply parking brake. booster battery or a battery from another vehicle to start. 3. Turn the ignition ON. Jump-starting a vehicle can be dangerous if done improperly. Refer to the “Jump-starting procedure” section in this manual. 4. Do not press the accelerator. 5. Turn the key momentarily to the START position to crank the If the engine still fails to start, contact an Authorised Mahindra engine. Dealer for assistance.

14-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE The idle speed is controlled automatically and it will decrease as the 14..3 Stoppiing the Engiine engine warms up. Before turning the engine OFF, always allow the engine to return to Observe the following when the engine is running: normal idle speed and run for few secs. This assures proper cooling • All warning lamps are OFF and lubrication of the turbocharger. This is particularly necessary after any hard driving. • Low oil pressure lamp is OFF After idling for a few secs., release the parking brake, depress the clutch, shift the gear shift lever to 1st gear, release the service To reduce the risk of personal injury, before turning OFF the brake pedal, drive by releasing the clutch and depressing the engine and leaving the vehicle, always: accelerator pedal simultaneously. • Keep your right foot on the service brake pedal 14..2..1 Engiine IIdlliing - IIn Colld Weather • Turn front wheels towards the road curb • Switch OFF the ignition, turn the key to the steering lock position Avoid full operation when the engine is cold and prolonged and remove the key idling at low ambient temperatures. Long periods of idling may be harmful to your engine. Combustion chamber temperatures can • Firmly engage the parking brake drop so low that the fuel may not burn completely. Incomplete • Move the gear shift lever to 1st gear position (reverse gear if combustion allows carbon and varnish to form on piston rings and parking on an incline) injector nozzles. Also, the unburned fuel can enter the crankcase, diluting the oil and causing rapid wear to the engine. • Slowly release the service brake pedal • Lock your vehicle when leaving

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-3 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE 14..4 Exhaust Gases 14..5 Driiviing Your Vehiiclle

Protection against exhaust gas entry into the vehicles interior is 14..5..1 Generall Driiviing Precautiions considered in the design of the exhaust system. • Vehicle exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide, Oxides, Hydrocarbons and Particulate Matter. These are potential environmental and health hazards Always observe the following precautions to minimise the risk of accidents leading to serious personal injury or damage to your • Avoid inhaling the exhaust gases. Carbon Monoxide is a vehicle. colourless and odourless gas and can cause unconsciousness or even death • Before you drive your vehicle, please read this manual carefully • If the exhaust system is damaged for any reason or you notice a • Before you start driving, check proper operation of the brakes change in the exhaust noise, have the vehicle checked by an and steering system Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately • If, while driving, you hear any strange noise or feel unusual • Do not start the vehicle in a closed garage or in an enclosed vibration, or if you have any concerns whatsoever, or if any area where ventilation is poor for the exhaust gases warning lamps illuminate or buzzers sound, park/stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible. Identify the cause • Since the engine compartment and exhaust system components and take any necessary remedial action. Contact your are hot and can ignite a fire, do not park or leave the vehicle with Authorised Mahindra Dealer if necessary the engine idling over dry grass, leaves, paper, rags or any combustible material • Never overload or improperly load your vehicle • Always be attentive while driving and follow safe driving practices • Always maintain the recommended inflation pressure in tyres Never keep the engine running when the vehicle is parked in an area which is not properly ventilated. This could lead to serious • Always drive at a safe speed appropriate for given driving respiratory problems and/or death. conditions. You must follow the speed limits

14-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE • While backing up, keep a constant lookout for people, particularly • Be extremely careful when driving on pavements made slippery children, or other obstructions or hazardous material that might by loose sand, water, gravel, snow or ice be present behind the vehicle • If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement, slow down, but • Avoid loading any items on the roof that will raise the vehicles avoid severe brake or steering application. Ease the vehicle back centre of gravity and make your vehicle more unstable onto the pavement only after reducing your speed. Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road • Loaded vehicles, with a higher centre of gravity, may handle surface differently than unloaded vehicles. Extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, should be taken • It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and when driving a heavily loaded vehicle slow down gradually before returning to the pavement. You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering • Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and wheel too sharply or abruptly higher centre of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary passenger car. Slowing down will allow • In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp you to have much better control turn must be made, turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency. Excessive steering will • When driving off-road or on rugged terrain, do not drive at result in less vehicle control. Additionally, smooth variations of excessive speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. the accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure should be utilised This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover causing serious if changes in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid abrupt steering, injury. You are also risking expensive damage to your vehicle's acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of suspension and chassis loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and/or personal injury. • Maintain steering wheel control at all times, especially on rough Use all available road surfaces to return the vehicle to a safe terrains. Sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering direction of travel wheel motion. Make sure you grip the steering wheel from the outside. Do not grip the spokes 14..5..2 Off--Road Driiviing Precautiions • If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (e.g. from concrete to gravel/sand/mud/snow) there will be a change in • When driving off-road or on rugged terrains, never over speed or the way the vehicle responds, especially the way it responds to make sharp turns. This may cause loss of control or vehicle steering, braking and accelerating inputs rollover causing serious injury

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-5 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE • Maintain steering wheel control at all times. Sudden changes in and control speed, using only the brakes. At higher speed terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion waves can be generated by the front of the vehicle. These water waves may enter air intake, causing severe engine • Do not drive horizontally or diagonally across steep slopes, your damage or cause a vehicle to get stalled. vehicle can tip over sideways. Driving straight up or straight down is preferred You must slow down while driving through shallow water. Speeding may cause water to splash onto the windshield, • Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objects impairing your vision. In extreme conditions, you may get a such as rocks and stumps. You should either know the terrain or water wedge formation between the road and tyre causing loss map-out your route before driving in the area of control in the vehicle. • Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off- • The ground under the water might not be firm which could result road driving that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud the water being deeper than expected when driving the vehicle or water through it • Do not stop or shut OFF the engine while immersed in water. It 14..5..3 Driiviing Through Water helps in preventing water getting inside the exhaust pipes Although your vehicle is capable of driving through shallow water, • When backing down a ramp, do not allow the exhaust tail pipe to there are a number of precautions that must be considered before immerse in water entering the water. • Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature failure. It may also enter the differentials, transmission and transfer case, reducing the oil's lubricating Never drive through still water that is higher than the bottom of qualities. If these are submerged in water, the lubricants should the axle hubs. Not following this instruction will allow water to be replaced as required enter vehicle components causing internal damage to the • Water entering the transmission will cause deterioration in shift components, affecting driveability, safety, emissions and quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, reliability. and ultimately damaging the transmission When driving through water, drive very slowly and at constant speed, less than 8 kmph. Drive with accelerator pedal in OFF

14-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE • Sand, mud/sludge that has accumulated in brake drums and 14..5..5 After Driiviing Off-Road or through Water around brake discs may affect braking efficiency. This may also damage brake system components. Wet brakes cannot stop the Off-road operation puts more stress on your vehicle than does most vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved by on-road driving. Always perform a maintenance inspection after driving the vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the each day of off-road driving that has taken you through rough brake pedal terrain, sand, mud, or water. • When driving through water, traction or brake capability may be • After going off-road, it is always a good idea to check for damage. limited. Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day Completely inspect the underbody of the vehicle for any damages of off-road driving that has taken you through water • Check for accumulations of plants or bushes or polyethylene / plastic. These could be a fire hazard. They might also hide 14..5..4 Fllowiing Water damage to fuel lines, brake tubes/hoses, etc. • Inspect all the tubes/hoses and check for any fluid leakages If the water is swift flowing and rising (as in storm run-off) avoid crossing until the water level recedes and/or the flow rate is • Get heat exchangers (radiator and condenser) cleaned reduced. • Check threaded fasteners for looseness, particularly on the The flowing water can erode the streambed causing your vehicle to chassis, drivetrain components, steering, suspension and sink into deeper water. brakes. Retighten them, if required, and torque to the values specified in the ‘Repair Manual’ Determine the exit point(s) that are downstream of your entry point to compensate for drifting. • We also recommend that the vehicle be checked at the Authorised Mahindra Dealer for any water entry into the transmission/axle or the engine

Abrasive material in any part of the brakes may cause excessive wear or unpredictable braking. You might not have full braking power when needed leading to accidents. If you have

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-7 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE been operating the vehicle in off-road conditions, get the brakes • While idling, put the gear shift lever in the neutral position checked and cleaned as necessary. • Resting your foot on the clutch pedal while driving will reduce fuel • If any unusual vibration is experienced, check the wheels for economy impacted material. Impacted material can cause a wheel • Combine errands and minimise stop-and-go driving imbalance. Get it inspected/corrected as soon as possible • Keep tyres properly inflated. It is recommended to check your • After driving through deep water, inspect your vehicle fluids and tyre pressure in the morning when the tyre is cold lubricants (engine oil, transmission/transfer case/axle oils) to ensure the fluids have not been contaminated • Use recommended Lubricants. Refer to the Maintenance Section for specifications and capacities 14..6 Tiips for Better Fuell Economy • Operating with lower quantity or specification may reduce fuel efficiency Give due consideration to the points listed below for better performance of vehicle and enhancement of fuel economy: • Replace the fuel filter, air filter and AC filter at the recommended intervals • Smooth, moderate operation will yield savings in fuel • Shift gears at the recommended speeds and RPM bands only. • Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel Refer to the Gear Shifting Speed table for further details economy • Control the maximum speed between 80 and 100 kmph in 6th • Ensure that the parking brake is fully released gear to achieve the best fuel efficiency • Idling for long periods of time will waste fuel • Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and perform the owner maintenance checks recommended • Anticipate stopping; slowing down may eliminate the need to stop • Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer will reduce fuel economy • Sudden or hard accelerations reduce fuel economy • Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy • Warming up a vehicle in neutral on cold mornings is not required and may reduce fuel economy

14-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE • Adding certain accessories to your vehicle may reduce fuel 14..7 IIgniitiion Swiitch (iif equiipped) economy • Driving on flat terrains offer improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrains • Close windows during high speed driving for better fuel economy • It is recommended to refuel in the morning (cold ambient temperature condition)

14..6..1 How to Callcullate Fuell Effiiciiency (Miilleage)

1. Ensure recommended tyre pressure is maintained. An illuminator ring is provided on the face of the ignition switch to 2. Refuel your vehicle till the fuel gun at the fuel station with auto- help in locating the ignition switch at night. The ring will illuminate cut-off. the moment the driver door is opened and will remain glowing till 3. Reset trip meter to zero. the driver door is closed. 4. Drive at a moderate speed for a minimum distance of 150 km. The different positions of the ignition switch are: 5. Refuel at the same fuel station till the auto-cut-off. LOCK -- This is the ignition and steering lock position. The vehicle 6. Assuming ‘a’ litres of fuel was filled and ‘b’ was the trip meter circuits and engine is completely switched OFF. The steering wheel reading. Fuel Efficiency = b/a kmpl. is also locked and the key can be removed from the ignition only in this position. ACC -- The steering is unlocked and can be rotated. In this position, all electrical circuits are enabled. Use this mode when you want to listen to music, etc., with the engine temporarily switched OFF. ON -- All electrical circuits are enabled. Some of the warning or information lamps illuminate in this position. While some of the

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-9 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE lamps will go out after a few secs., some will continue to remain ON till the engine is started. When the vehicle is being driven, ignition switch remains in the ON position. Never return the key to the LOCK position or try to remove the key, when the vehicle is in motion. Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock. You will lose the control of the vehicle and may cause serious accident. Remove the key only when the Do not leave the ignition in ON when the engine is OFF. This vehicle is parked. could lead to battery drain and ignition switch damage. Key lleft warniing buzzer START -- This position is to start the engine by cranking the starter motor. This is a momentary position. When the key is turned to When opening the driver’s door after the ignition key is not start position, the starter cranks the engine. Once the engine is removed from lock set, the buzzer will sound to alert you that the running, release the key, and the key reverts back to ON position key is not removed. The buzzer will automatically turn off when and the starter motor disengages from the engine. closing the door or key is removed. After this, the buzzer will not sound even though the door is opened again.

Do not continue cranking after the engine has started. This will 14..8 Pedalls lead to damage of the starter and other engine components.

If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steering wheel from side to side and try again. The key can be removed only in the LOCK position. When the key is removed, the steering column lock is activated and the steering wheel cannot be turned.

A Accelerator Pedal B Brake Pedal C Clutch Pedal

14-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE 14..9 Transmiissiion 14..9..2 Gear IIndiicator

The first few shifts on a new vehicle may be somewhat rough. This The current gear lever position is indicated in the centre of the is a normal phenomenon, and precision shifts will develop within the speedometer dial. initial few hundred kilometres of running.

14..9..1 Gear Lever

14..9..3 Neutrall Posiitiion

This position stops the transmission of power from the engine to Your vehicle is fitted with manual transmission having six forward drive axle. With the gear lever in neutral and brakes released, the and one reverse gear. This shift pattern is imprinted on the gear vehicle can move freely by pushing or towing. The engine can be lever knob. The transmission is fully synchronised in all forward started in this mode. It is always recommended to keep the brake gears, so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily pedal depressed in this position. It is advisable to shift into neutral accomplished. The clutch pedal should be depressed fully while when the vehicle is standstill for longer durations with the engine shifting, and then released slowly. idling.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-11 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE 14..9..5 Recommended Gear Shiiftiing Speeds

Coasting the vehicle with the gear lever in neutral and engine While driving, shift the gears as per recommended speeds for ON/OFF is not recommended. In an event of panic braking, you getting optimal Fuel Efficiency. will not have the power of engine braking to slow down the vehicle. This may lead to personal injury or accident. Upshiiftiing

Vehiiclle Road Speed Shiift Range Tollerance (kmph) (kmph) Do not leave the vehicle with the gear lever in neutral position. Always engage manual parking brake before leaving the vehicle, 1-2 17 to prevent any vehicle movement leading to possible injury to a 2-3 25 bystander or damage to vehicle. 3-4 38 +/- 2 4-5 53 14..9..4 Gears 1-6 5-6 65 Downshiiftiing Use the gears 1 to 6 as per vehicle load, road/traffic conditions or as per requirement. The current gear selection is indicated in the Vehiiclle Road Speed cluster. Shiift Range Tollerance (kmph) (kmph) 2-1 14 Always depress the clutch fully before moving the gear lever 3-2 22 from the current position to any desired position. Perform up- 4-3 35 +/- 2 shifts or down-shifts one gear at a time, do not jump gears. 5-4 48 6-5 60

14-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE The reverse lock ring located immediately below the gear shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the reverse Shift gears at suitable road speeds to safeguard the (R) position. transmission components. Avoid driving in high RPM’s (>3000 RPM). To avoid transmission damage, shift into or out of reverse gear only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop and the When parking on an incline, gear alone may not be sufficient to engine is at idle speed. It is recommended you wait prevent the vehicle from moving. Always set the manual parking approximately for three secs. in neutral gear before shifting into brake in addition to shifting the gear lever into gear. It is also or out of reverse gear. recommended to turn the front wheels towards the road curb.

14..9..6 Reverse For brief stops, e. g. at traffic lights, keep the gear shift in neutral and hold the vehicle with the brake pedal. For prolonged stops, it is recommended to switch OFF the engine and apply the parking brake. When stopping the vehicle on an uphill gradient, do not hold it with the clutch/accelerator; use the brake to avoid unnecessary clutch wear/heat buildup.

Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle. Children could move the gear lever, which could result in an accident or serious injury. This gear is to enable the vehicle to move in the reverse direction. Move the gear lever into this position only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop and the gear lever is in neutral position.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-13 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE

On slippery/wet road surfaces, never downshift in order to The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting obtain braking action. This could result in a wheel slip and on the vehicle, nor can it increase the traction afforded by reduced vehicle control. prevailing road conditions. The ESP cannot prevent accidents, including those resulting from excessive speed in turns, driving on very slippery surfaces, or hydroplaning. Only a safe, attentive, 14..10 Ellectroniic Stabiilliity Program (ESP) (iif equiipped) and skilful driver can prevent accidents. The capabilities of an ESP-equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or This system enhances directional control and stability of the vehicle dangerous manner that could jeopardise the user’s safety or under various driving conditions. The ESP corrects for over-steering the safety of others. and under-steering behaviour of the vehicle by applying the brake of the appropriate wheel automatically. Engine power may also be reduced to assist in counteracting the condition of over-steer or 14..10..1 ESP ON under-steer and help the vehicle maintain the desired path. Whenever the vehicle is started, the ESP system will be in active ESP uses steering angle sensors and YAW rate sensor to mode. This mode should be used for most driving conditions. determine the path that the driver intends to steer the vehicle and compares it to the actual path of the vehicle. When the actual path When the ESP is in operation, ESP indicator lamp does not match the intended path, the ESP applies the brake of the blinks in the instrument cluster. appropriate wheel to assist in counteracting the condition of over- steer or under-steer. Over--steer - When the vehicle is turning more than appropriate for When the ESP is operating, you can feel a slight pulsation in the the steering wheel position. vehicle. This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual. Under--steer - When the vehicle is turning less than appropriate for the steering wheel position. When moving out of the mud or slippery road, accelerator response may be different because ESP system controls the engine RPM to come out of this slippery road condition. This is normal.

14-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE 14..10..2 ESP OFF ESP, by default, will be in ON condition for every ignition cycle.

In some driving conditions, to maximise traction, it may be beneficial If the ESP indicator blinks while driving, it indicates to de-activate ESP. that ESP is working. If this indicator illuminates continuously, it indicates a malfunction in the ESP Such conditions are: system. Drive carefully to the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer and get the ESP system checked. • To start in deep snow or on a loose surface

• Driving in deep sand 14..10..3 Uphiillll and Downhiillll Driiviing • Driving through deep mud etc. To prevent the engine from labouring at a low RPM when driving To de-activate ESP, press ESP OFF button on the uphill gradients or with your vehicle heavily loaded, downshift when central bezel switch bank. Once ESP OFF mode is necessary to maintain engine RPM within the best torque range. selected, a warning indicator illuminates in the Similarly, while driving downhill, downshift to utilise the engine instrument cluster. braking in an optimum manner. Press ESP OFF button again to activate ESP function. 14..11 Engiine IIdlliing

Mahindra recommends that ESP be operational in all normal The idle speed is controlled automatically and it will decrease as the driving conditions. engine warms up. When ESP is in OFF mode, other functions like HHC (Hill Hold Observe that all warning lamps are OFF when the engine is running. Control), HBA (Hydraulic Brake Assist), HDC (Hill Descent Control), DTC (Drag Torque Control), ROM (Roll Over Mitigation) After idling for a few secs, follow the below steps to drive away: will be in working mode. 1. Release the parking brake. However, for safety reasons, if the ESP system detects that the 2. Depress the clutch. vehicle is going into a unstable condition, ESP will be 3. Shift the gear lever to 1st gear. automatically activated on depressing the brake pedal

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-15 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE

4. Release the service brake pedal. 14..12 Cruiise Controll (iif equiipped) 5. Drive by releasing the clutch and depressing the accelerator pedal simultaneously. Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without the need to keep your foot on the accelerator pedal. It should be used for cruising on straight, open highways. Never use it for city driving, 14..11..1 Engiine IIdlliing - IIn Colld Weather inclines, winding roads, slippery roads, heavy rain or in bad weather conditions. Avoid full throttle operation when the engine is cold and prolonged idling at low ambient temperatures. Long periods of idling may be It works on the closed loop system principle to maintain the set harmful to your engine. Combustion chamber temperatures can speed of the vehicle; the system controls the fuel injection of the drop so low that the fuel may not burn completely. Incomplete engine in order to maintain the set speed. combustion allows carbon and varnish to form on piston rings and injector nozzles. Also, the unburned fuel can enter the crankcase, diluting the oil and causing rapid wear to the engine. You must fuel this vehicle with Ultra Low Sulphur Diesel. For smooth functioning and reliable operation of the engine during cold weather conditions, use winter diesel for refuelling which is available at filling stations during winter months. Check with your fuel retailer for details. The recommended engine coolant mixture will work fine till ambient temperatures do not drop below -32ºC approx. For ensuring above performance, it is a must that you use only recommended engine A Cruise ON/OFF C Cruise Set +/- coolant. B Voice Command D Resume

Cruise control enhances your comfort while driving and allows you to effortlessly maintain the desired lane speed limit. Improper use of the cruise control can lead to an accident.

14-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE When Set+/Set- switch is pressed for more than 12 secs. (In this case, vehicle will not go into cruise mode in that ignition Cruise control is designed to operate above a vehicle speed of cycle. In order to restore the cruise function, switch OFF the 35 kmph for all gears except 1st and reverse gears. The cruise ignition, wait for 30 secs. and switch ON the ignition) lamp in the instrument cluster functions only if the cruise control is active. Cruise influencing error not indicated by Check Engine Lamp, OBD lamp, etc. Cruiise controll wiillll functiion onlly under the follllowiing condiitiions: • The vehicle is cruising above 35 kmph 14..12..1 Cruiise Controll Actiivatiion • Engine RPM above 1200 or above 1500 Drive the vehicle to the desired cruising speed (any value greater • Clutch pedal released than 35 kmph), press and hold the SET + button until the cruise lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates. • Brake pedal released • Cruise is activated first time in an ignition cycle by SET + button If cruise is deactivated (e. g. by depressing brake to handle an intervention in the road etc.) in current driving cycle, reactivate the • Subsequent cruise engagements can be done by RESUME SET+ Cruise to the last active Cruise Speed by pressing the RESUME buttons in the same ignition cycle button. Cruiise controll iis deactiivated under the follllowiing condiitiions: Cruise control may not hold the set speed when you are going up or • CRUISE OFF button is pressed down hills, and the vehicle may come out of cruise control. This is indicated by the cruise lamp going OFF in the instrument cluster. • Brake or clutch pedal depressed If the vehicle speed exceeds the cruise set speed by 30 kmph by 14..12..2 Cruiise Controll De--actiivatiion accelerator pedal intervention • If vehicle speed is increased by 10 kmph for more than 30 secs. You can cancel cruise control in any of the following ways: by pressing the accelerator pedal • Press the CRUISE OFF button in the steering wheel • Press the brake pedal

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-17 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE • Gear selector moved into neutral ceases to function in that ignition cycle. To resume functionality, ignition has to be toggled. • HDC or ESP becomes active

14..12..3 SET + Button The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation. The driver must at all times SET + Button is used to activate cruise control and also to increase remain alert of road / traffic conditions and responsible for the the cruise set speed. vehicle brake operation / steering control. To increase the speed in very small amounts, press the SET + Button. Each time you press, the cruise set speed increases by about 2 kmph. When you wish to continuously increase the cruising Never activate cruise control in traffic or when driven in speed, press and hold the SET + Button and release when the adverse road conditions (heavy rains, windy, slippery etc.) desired speed is reached.

14..12..5 Voiice Command 14..12..4 SET - Button Refer to the infotainment e-manual To decrease the speed in small amounts, press the SET - Button. Each time you press, the cruise set speed decreases by about 2 kmph. 14..12..6 RESUME Button

When you wish to continuously decrease the cruising speed, press With the help of RESUME, you can opt for the previous set cruising and hold the SET- Button. When the desired speed is reached, speed of the vehicle in the same ignition cycle. This is best explained release the button. with the following example: 1. Assume, you have activated cruise mode and set the vehicle speed at 50 kmph. If switch is pressed for more than 12 secs., the switch is 2. Due to an obstacle or a sharp turn, you have deactivated the assumed to be malfunctioning and the cruise functionality cruise mode by pressing the brake pedal.

14-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 STARTING AND DRIIVIING THE VEHICLE

3. Vehicle comes out of the cruise mode. For Diiesell Variiant -- Use only commercially available vehicular Ultra- 4. When the road condition is suitable to switch over back to low Sulphur Highway Diesel that meets the BIS standard (diesel fuel cruise control mode, press RESUME button once. The system conforming to IS 1460:2017 BS-IV specification or equivalent). activates the cruise control mode to the previous cruising Information on diesel quality can normally be found in the fuel pump. speed of 50 kmph. Please contact filling station personnel in case labels in the pump cannot be found. 5. To resume the previous cruise set speed, the vehicle speed should be above 35 kmph. For Petroll Variiant -- Use only commercially available Petrol fuel conforming to Indian Standard (IS 2798: 2010 BS-IV specification or equivalent). Information on Petrol quality can normally be found in 14..12..7 Overriide Functiion the fuel pump. Please contact filling station personnel in case labels in the pump cannot be found. This function enables user to ramp up the cruising speed to overtake front vehicle.

The cruising speed can be increased by using accelerator pedal. Do not fill the fuel tank or mix the fuel with gasoline, alcohol- User has to complete this action within 30 secs. to maintain the based fuels, kerosene, etc. This will damage the engine, fuel and cruise mode. If user exceeds the 30 secs. limit, cruise mode will be exhaust system components. deactivated. If you have accidentally filled the fuel tank with incorrect or non- approved fuel, do not start the vehicle. Contact an Authorised 14..13 Fuell Mahindra Dealer to have the fuel system drained completely.

14..13..1 Fuelllliing duriing Wiinter

During freezing weather, if fuel is not winterised or is insufficiently winterised, waxing/gelling may start in fuel, leading to interruption in fuel supply to engine. For smooth functioning and reliable operation of the engine during cold weather conditions, use

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 14-19 STARTIING AND DRIVIING THE VEHIICLE winterised ULSD which are available at the filling stations during 14..13..3 Fuell-Liid Openiing and Cllosiing winter months. Check with your fuel retailer for further details.

Avoid inhaling fuel vapours and any skin or clothing contact. Direct skin contact with diesel or the inhalation of fuel vapour may affect your health.

Diesel is highly flammable and poisonous. It burns violently and can cause serious injury. Never allow sparks, flames or smoking Open the fuel filler door by pulling up the release lever located on materials near diesel. Turn OFF the engine before refuelling. the lower left side of the driver seat. Whenever you are around diesel, extinguish all smoking materials.

14..13..2 Miiniimum Fuell Requiirement

It is recommended maintaining a minimum of 10 litres of fuel in the fuel tank. Driving the vehicle till the fuel tank is empty is not recommended. Always have sufficient fuel in the tank. Check the fuel level prior to starting your journey. Open the fuel filler cap by turning it counterclockwise. Hang the fuel filler cap on the holder mounted on the back of the lid. Never carry fuel in separate containers in the vehicle, it is After refuelling, turn the cap clockwise until you hear a “click”, and dangerous and may lead to inadvertent fuel leak or spillage. close the lid by pushing it back.

14-20 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 WHEELS AND TYRES 15 WHEELS AND TYRES 15..2 Tyre Ratiing

15..1 Tyre IInformatiion Your vehicle is originally equipped with tyres supplied by a reputable manufacturer. If you ever have any questions regarding your tyres, please refer to literature supplied by the tyre manufacturer, or to the separate tyre warranty provided by the tyre manufacturer. You may also contact Authorised Mahindra Dealer directly, or the tyre manufacturer. The tyre rating of XUV300 is: • 205/65/R16 – W4/W6 • 215/55/R17 – W8/W8(O) Tyre rating is explained as below:

A RADIAL TYRES OR BIAS-PLY TYRE

B “TUBELESS” OR “TUBE TYPE”

C TYRE SIZE

D MAX. LOAD LIMIT

E TREAD WEAR

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 15-1 WHEELS AND TYRES

Tyre siize (Examplle: 215/65 R16 98H) 15..2..1 Speed Ratiing Callllout (A) : 215 (Three-diigiit number) :: This number gives the width in millimetres of the tyre from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. This is MAX. SPEED MAX.. SPEED called as “Section Width”. SPEED CAPABILIITY SPEED CAPABIILIITY SYMBOL SYMBOL Callllout (B) :: 65 (Two--diigiit number) : This number, known as the KM/HR KM/HR aspect ratio, gives the tyres ratio of height to section width. L 120 T 190 Callllout (C) : R :: This is the Tyre Construction Code. The “R” stands for Radial. M 130 U 200 Callllout (D) :: 16 (Two--diigiit number) :: This number is the wheel or rim N 140 H 210 diameter in inches. Callllout (E) :: 95 (Two or three-diigiit number) :: This number is the tyres P 150 V 240 load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tyre can Q 160 W 270 support. Callllout (F) :: H :: Tyre speed rating or speed symbol. Never drive the R 170 Y 300 vehicle faster than the tyre speed rating. The speed rating denotes S 180 Z 240+ the speed at which a tyre is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure.

15-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 WHEELS AND TYRES 15..3 Tyre Labell (Vehiiclle Pllacard)

Never overload your vehicle. Overloading can cause tyre failure, affect vehicle handling, and increase your stopping distance, resulting in an accident and/or serious personal injury. Improper inflated tyres can adversely affect vehicle handling or can fail unexpectedly, resulting in an accident and/or serious personal injury.

15..4 Tyre Pressure

Proper Tyre inflation pressure is essential to the safe and Tyre Label (Vehicle Placard) is located on the driver side inner B- satisfactory operation of your vehicle. Three primary areas are . This placard tells you important information about tyre size affected by improper Tyre pressure: designed for your vehicle, and the tyre inflation pressures for the front & rear tyres. • Safety • Economy XUV300 VEHICLE COLD TYRE IINFLATIION PRESSURE bar/psii/kPa • Ride Comfort and Vehicle Stability 205/65/R16 – W4/W6 Proper Tyre inflation contributes to a comfortable and safe ride. TYRE 215/55/R17 – W8/W8(O) Overinflating produces a jarring and uncomfortable ride. Both underinflation and overinflation affect the stability of the vehicle and R 16 2.2 / 32 / 220 (Front and Rear) can produce a feeling of sluggish response or over responsiveness R 17 2.2 / 34 /220 (Front and Rear) in the steering. Unequal Tyre pressures can cause erratic and unpredictable steering response or may cause the vehicle to drift left or right.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 15-3 WHEELS AND TYRES Improper inflation pressures can cause uneven wear patterns to 7° C of air temperature change. Keep this in mind when checking develop across the Tyre tread. These abnormal wear patterns will Tyre pressure inside a garage, especially in the winter. reduce tread life resulting in a need for earlier Tyre replacement. Under inflation also increases Tyre rolling resistance and results in When it was new, the spare Tyre in your vehicle was fully inflated. higher fuel consumption. However, a spare Tyre can lose pressure over time. In order to avoid being stranded, check the spare Tyre air pressure frequently.

The proper cold Tyre inflation pressure is listed in the Tyre 15..4..2 IInfllatiing Your Tyres Label (Vehicle Placard), located on the front passenger side inner B-pillar. Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your Tyres are properly inflated. Remember that a Tyre can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat. 15..4..1 IInspectiion and Adjjustment Procedure At least once a month or before long trips, inspect each Tyre and The Tyre pressure should be checked and adjusted, as well as check the Tyre pressure with a Tyre gauge (including spare Tyre). inspected for signs of Tyre wear or visible damage, at least once a Inflate all Tyres to the recommended inflation pressure. month. Use a good quality pressure gauge to check Tyre pressure. Do not make a visual judgement when determining proper inflation. Radial Tyres may look properly inflated even when they are Under-inflation is the most common cause of Tyre failures and underinflated. At the same time, each Tyre should be inspected for may result in severe Tyre cracking, tread separation or signs of Tyre wear or visible damage. “blowout,” with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased Inflation pressures specified on the placard are always cold Tyre risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and inflation pressures. Cold Tyre inflation pressure is defined as the rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage Tyre pressure after the vehicle has not been driven for at least to the Tyre. It also may result in unnecessary Tyre stress, three hours, or driven less than 1 km after a three-hour period. irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents. Check Tyre pressures more often if subject to a wide range of Always inflate your Tyres to the recommended pressure even if it is outdoor temperatures, as Tyre pressures vary with temperature less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the changes. Tyre pressures change by approximately 1 psi (7 kPa) per Tyre. The recommended Tyre inflation pressure is found on the Tyre

15-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 WHEELS AND TYRES Label which is located on the front passenger side inner B-pillar. 15..4..4 Tread Wear IIndiicators (TWII) Failure to follow the Tyre pressure recommendations can cause uneven tread wear patterns and adversely affect the way your Tread wear indicators are moulded into the bottom of the tread vehicle handles. grooves. They will appear as bands when the tread depth becomes 1/16 inch (2 mm). When the indicators appear in two or more adjacent grooves, the Tyre should be replaced. If you overfill the Tyre, release air by pushing the metal stem in the centre of the valve. Then recheck the pressure. Avoid abrupt manoeuvring and braking. This can cause Tyre deterioration and lead to loss of steering or braking control. After inspecting or adjusting the Tyre pressure, always reinstal the valve stem cap (if equipped). This will prevent moisture and 15..4..5 Liife of Tyre dirt from entering the valve stem, which could damage the stem, resulting in an unexpected loss of Tyre pressure, an The service life of a Tyre is dependent upon various factors accident and/or personal injury. including but not limited to: • Driving style 15..4..3 Radiiall Plly Tyres • Tyre pressure • Distance driven

Combining radial ply Tyres with other types of Tyres on your vehicle will cause your vehicle to handle poorly, resulting in an Tyres and the spare Tyre should be replaced after six years, accident and/or personal injury. Always use radial Tyres in sets regardless of the remaining tread. Failure to follow this warning of four. Never combine them with other types of Tyres. can result in sudden and unexpected Tyre failure, leading to an Cuts and punctures in radial Tyres are repairable only in the accident and/or personal injury. tread area because of sidewall flexing. Consult your Authorised Mahindra Dealer for radial Tyre repairs.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 15-5 WHEELS AND TYRES

Keep dismounted Tyres in a cool, dry place with as little In case of harsh winter driving conditions, it is recommended exposure to light as possible. Protect Tyres from contact with using winter Tyres with the same specifications for better oil, grease and fuels. stability, safety and performance.

15..5 Tyre Rotatiion Recommendatiions Do not use a Tyre, wheel size or speed rating other than that specified for your vehicle on the Tyre placard. Combinations of Type 1 -- Applliicablle for allll 5 Steell unapproved Tyres and wheels may change suspension geometric and performance characteristics, resulting in changes to steering, handling and braking of your vehicle. This can cause unpredictable handling, stress to steering and suspension components. You could lose control of the vehicle or the Tyre can unexpectedly fail, resulting in an accident and/ or personal injury.

Replacing original Tyres with Tyres of a different size may result in false speedometer and odometer readings. Tyres on the front and rear axles of vehicles operate at different loads and perform different steering, handling, and braking 15..4..6 Snow Chaiins functions. For these reasons, they wear at unequal rates and develop irregular wear patterns. Snow chains cannot be used on these Tyres. Rotation will increase tread life, help to maintain mud, snow, and wet traction levels, and contribute to a smooth, quiet ride. Follow the recommended Tyre rotation frequency for your type of driving.

15-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 WHEELS AND TYRES

Type 2 - Applliicablle for 4 Alllloy wheells and Spare wheell wiith Steell riim 15..5..1 Changiing a Fllat Tyre

It is recommended rotating the Tyres as per the “Maintenance Refer to “If you have a Flat Tyre” section in the general chapter for Schedule”. details. The suggested rotation method is the “forward-cross” shown in the diagram. The benefits of rotation are especially worthwhile with 15..5..2 Wheell Tiightness aggressive tread designs such as those on On/Off-road type Tyres. When you change a wheel, remove all rust and dirt at all locations where the wheel contacts the wheel hub. Use a scraper or wire brush to be sure that you remove all rust and dirt. A loose wheel could have damaged or elongated the holes in the rim, or damaged the rim/hub assembly. If any of the wheel studs or nuts are damaged, contact the nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

Always tighten the nuts in a criss-cross sequence. Never use oil or grease on your wheel studs or nuts. Rotation will increase tread life, help to maintain mud, snow, and Never overtighten the nuts on the wheel stud. You could wet traction levels, and contribute to a smooth, quiet ride. Follow damage the stud or the nut. the recommended Tyre rotation frequency for your type of driving. Torque tighten the wheel nuts to the specified value at the More frequent rotation is permissible if desired. The reasons for nearest Authorised Mahindra Dealer . any rapid or unusual wear should be corrected prior to rotation being performed. The tyres fitted in this vehicle meet the requirements of BIS and they comply with the requirements under the Central Motor Vehicles Rules (CMVR) 1989.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 15-7 WHEELS AND TYRES 15..6 Tiiretroniics (iif equiipped) Tyre locations will display as OK, if all tyre pressure and temperature are in the recommended range except for spare tyre TPMS is an electronic system designed to monitor the air pressure (User Shall verify spare tyre pressure, in certain conditions system inside the pneumatic tyres. This system will alert the driver if the may not update pressure for Spare tire correctly) tyre pressure falls below the low pressure warning limit for any reason, including low temperature effects and natural pressure The User can press show all button is HMI to see pressure and loss through the tyre. temperature for all running tyres. The TPMS will continue to alert the driver and will not turn off until the tyre pressure is inflated to the recommended pressure.

15..6..1 Operatiion of TPMS

TPMS uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronic sensors to monitor tyre pressure . Sensors mounted to the valve stem of each wheel, transmit tyre pressure readings to the receiver module. Receiver module i will communicate this information to the instrument cluster and infotainment system. The TPMS has been customized only for the manufacturer’s genuine tyres and wheels. TPMS pressure limits and warning messages have been established for the tyre size equipped on your vehicle. Replacement of manufacturer’s parts with a different size, type or style of components may damage the sensor and lead to incorrect readings. Do not use aftermarket tyre sealants or balance beads if your vehicle is equipped with TPMS. Failure to comply may lead to sensor damage. The TPMS is not intended to replace normal tyre care and maintenance or to provide warning of a tyre failure or condition.

15-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 WHEELS AND TYRES The TPMS should not be used as a tyre pressure gauge while • Sensor signal missing adjusting vehicle tyre pressure. • Sensor faulty Driving with under-inflated tyres cause the tyres to overheat and If above condition occurs, contact the nearest Authorized may lead to tyre failure. Mahindra Dealer for further assistance. Under-inflated tyres reduce fuel efficiency, tyre tread life and may The Warning (Alert)is also displayed on the infotainment screen as affect the vehicle's maneuverability & braking ability. below The TPMS is not a substitute for tyre maintenance, it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tyre pressure using an accurate pressure gauge, even if under- inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS warning indicator.

15..6..2 Tiiretroniics Warniing Lamp

Examples of TPMS warning lamp illumination and corresponding infotainment screen display; • Low pressure warning sets whenever current tyre temperature is less than low pressure threshold ( Low Pressure threshold will change with respect to current tire Temperature

TPMS warning lamp will blink for 90 seconds and remain ON in the instrument cluster , if any of the below mentioned condition occurs in thetyres;

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 15-9 WHEELS AND TYRES • High pressure (> 44psi /3.031 bar) • High temperature (>85DegC)

• Air leakage (> 3 psi/sec /0.25 bar/sec) 15..6..3 Tiiretroniics Learniing

After a tyre rotation or TPMS sensor replacement, the receiver must be learnt, else the TPMS warning lamp indicates a malfunction.

15-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 WHEELS AND TYRES TPMS learning: Trip button which is located in Below Infotainment 2. Start removing air from front left tyre, once the tyre gets system as shown in above fig. learnt, vehicle alarm and hazard lamps flash once. The infotainment screen display is as below. 15..6..4 Tiiretroniics Learniing Procedure

1. Press the Trip button and turn ignition ON along with the button pressed and release Trip button after 3 sec ( IGN ON).. The infotainment screen displays as above and TPMS warning lamp in the cluster starts blinking & vehicle siren and Turn lamp turn On for two pulse.

3. Repeat the above step for front right tyre, rear right tyre and rear left tyre (in the same order). Corresponding infotainment screen displays are as below.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 15-11 WHEELS AND TYRES 4. Start removing air from spare tyre. Once the tyre gets 15..6..5 Tyre Swap learnt, vehicle alarm and hazard lamps flash 3 times to indicate all the tyres were learnt. The infotainment screen display is as below indicating all tyres were learnt successfully.

If a tyre was swapped with the spare tyre, system alerts the user through infotainment as below TPMS warning lamp will continue to glow if the spare tyre is having any pressure or temperature alert. Please note, if swapping is done for more than one tyre or with the other running tyres, system cannot identify the same and the system needs to be relearned.

If any one of the running tyres goes faulty, spare tyre is swapped with the running tyre and the vehicle is driven, then: • the system automatically recognizes the swap If there were any problem in learning, the alarm and hazard lamps flash 4 times to indicate the tyre learning was not complete. • interchanges the running tyre and spare tyre data

15-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 WHEELS AND TYRES 15..6..6 Recommended Pllacard Vallue

Ambient Temp DEG C Recommended Prec Front & Rear <0 28.0 10.0 29.1 20.0 30.6 30.0 32.0 40.0 33.5 50.0 34.9 60.0 36.4

If the vehicle was previously halted for more than 45 min & is driven less than 15 min before filling the air then the shall be filled to the respective placard as per the ambient temperature else to the next placard value. Example: if a vehicle was halted at a ambient of 30 deg c for 50 min and driven to a air filling station within 5 min then respective play cared value will be 32.0 PSI for front & Rear. Else 33.5 PSI.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 15-13

EMERGENCIIES 16 EMERGENCIIES 16..1 Hazard Warniing Fllashers

16..2 Vehiiclle Does Not Start - Checks

Before making these checks, make sure you have followed the correct starting procedure and that you have sufficient fuel. IIf the engiine iis not crankiing or iis crankiing too sllowlly / iintermiittentlly 1. Check that the battery terminals are tight and clean. 2. If the battery terminals are firmly fastened, switch ON the interior lamps. 3. If the lamps do not illuminate, glow dim or go OFF when the The hazard warning flasher button is located in the central bezel starter is cranked, then it indicates a weak or discharged switch bank. Press the button to turn ON the hazard warning battery. Try jumpstarting. Follow ‘jumpstarting’ instructions flashers, all directional turn signals will flash to warn oncoming given later in this chapter. traffic. This is an emergency warning system and should be used 4. Check the fuses in the Engine Compartment Fuse Box and only when there is an emergency. Use it when your vehicle is Central Fuse Box. disabled and is a safety hazard for other motorists. Hazard warning flasher will work in all positions of the ignition key and even when the IIf the engiine cranks normalllly,, but does not start vehicle is fully locked. 1. If the lamp illumination is normal, engine is cranking normally, but the engine does not start even after repeated cranking, it needs adjustment or repair. Contact an Authorised Mahindra With extended use, the hazard warning flasher may drain your Dealer. vehicle battery. 2. During winter, use non-winter diesel or due to extreme cold conditions, the vehicle may not start. Contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for further assistance.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 16-1 EMERGENCIIES 16..3 Vehiiclle Overheatiing

To prevent damage to the starter, do not crank the engine If the needle in the temperature gauge in the instrument cluster is for more than 15 secs. at a time. Wait 10 to 15 secs. all the way up to the H and/or the high engine coolant temperature before trying again. warning lamp is ON, your engine has overheated. IIf the engiine stalllls whiille driiviing If the engine is getting overheated, the Engine Management System Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move reduces engine power substantially and may even shut the engine cautiously off the road to a safe place. Turn ON your hazard warning OFF; it is dangerous to continue driving when the engine has flashers and check for any malfunction lamps in the instrument overheated. You need to first cool the engine down before starting cluster. Turn the ignition OFF, wait for approximately 90 secs. and to drive again. try starting the engine again. If the vehicle still does not start, Follow the below instructions to cool the engine down: contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. • Progressively reduce the vehicle speed and bring the vehicle to a stop at the side of the road If the engine stalls while running, the power assist for the • Turn ON the hazard warning flashers brakes will not work. Braking will be much harder than usual. • Keep the engine running at idle IIf the engiine speed does not iincrease • Engage the parking brake If the engine speed does not increase when the accelerator pedal is • Switch off the air-conditioner depressed, there may be a problem in the Engine Management System, electrical or electronic controls. In case of certain faults, • Wait till the engine coolant temperature drops sufficiently such the engine may go to limp home mode, which is indicated by the that the needle in the temperature gauge is around halfway check engine lamp. Have your vehicle checked by an Authorised between C and H Mahindra Dealer as soon as possible.

16-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 EMERGENCIIES Now switch the engine OFF and carefully open the bonnet/hood to Stay clear of hot and rotating vehicle parts while visually visibly inspect the engine cooling system parts. Be cautious while inspecting the vehicle. The coolant inside the cooling system is doing an inspection as vehicle parts will still be too hot. Verify that under high pressure and temperature. Never open the the engine coolant level in the coolant recovery tank is maintained pressure cap of the degassing tank when the engine is hot. Not between the 'Min' and 'Max' mark. Check for possible fluid leakages. taking precautions may lead to serious injury to your skin/eyes. Check for damages to heat exchangers and connecting hoses. Also verify that the radiator shrouds, engine fan blades and the engine belt all are in good condition. For optimum performance of the cooling system, you must If any evidence of failure is observed, contact the nearest maintain the required coolant level and use only recommended Authorised Mahindra Dealer for help. In case, no system leakage/ engine coolant. failure is suspected, driving can be continued. Either due to severe operating conditions or due to any system 16..4 Jumpstartiing leakages or failures, the engine can get overheated. However, if the engine is getting overheated repeatedly, even in normal operating If your vehicle's battery has run down, you may be able to start the conditions, get the vehicle checked by an Authorised Mahindra engine by using a standalone booster battery or a vehicle with a Dealer as soon as possible. good condition battery. But before going ahead with this procedure ensure that the battery is the cause of vehicle not starting. To confirm this, few simple tests Refer to the 'High Engine Coolant Temperature' section under can be conducted as follows: the 'Features and Control' chapter for details. • Check the headlliights -- Are they dim or bright? If they are dim, it's likely your battery is dead. If your headlights are bright, you do not have a dead battery and a jumpstart may not help. If the high engine coolant temperature warning is ignored, the • Try to start your vehiiclle -- Does it turn over very slowly, or does it engine shuts OFF abruptly to safeguard engine components crank quickly? If it cranks quickly, you do not have a dead battery from overheating and consequent failure. Abrupt engine shut- and a jumpstart may not help. If it cranks slowly, or not at all, you off can lead to uncontrollable driving condition and accidents. probably have a dead battery.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 16-3 EMERGENCIIES Open the bonnet and locate the battery (near the left side fender). Identify the positive and negative terminals: • The positive terminal will be marked with a plus sign (+) and will usually have a RED cable attached on it • The negative terminal will be marked with a minus sign (-) and will usually have a BLACK cable attached to it Check the physical condition of the battery. Inspect batteries for cracks, leaks or any other damage. If you find any of these things, do not jumpstart the vehicle. Call Mahindra Road Side Assistance or replace the battery. If the weather is very cold, remove the refill caps and check the condition of the electrolyte. If it seems slushy or like ice, do not attempt jumpstarting until it thaws. Don't let the vehicles touch each other. 1. Park the working vehicle near the disabled vehicle. Park the 2. Wear safety gear (goggles or face guard and gloves) if you vehicle in such a way that the distance between both vehicle have it. batteries is as small as practical. Turn off the engine, radio, lights, A/C, fans and all other electrical components. Make sure that all of these things are OFF in the disabled vehicle, too

16-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 EMERGENCIIES spark when you connect to a good ground. As a last resort, you may connect to the negative (-) post of the dead battery, It may be necessary to remove the disabled vehicle’s but this risks igniting hydrogen gas coming off the battery battery cables from the battery terminals and clean both cables and terminals. Use a stiff wire brush to remove all corrosion. Reconnect the cables to the battery terminals and jump the vehicle. 3. Untangle and unwind your jumper cables. Like your batteries, your jumper cables will probably have red and black cables and will have heavy duty clamps to connect to the battery terminals. You must make sure that the red and black ends of your jumper cables never touch each other once they are connected to the batteries; permitting them to do so can result in serious arcing and/or damage to one or both vehicles. 4. Connect the jumper cables in the order described below: Make sure none of the cables are dangling into the engine • Connect one red clamp to the positive (+) terminal of the compartment, where they could be exposed to moving dead battery/disabled vehicle parts. • Connect the other red clamp to the positive (+) terminal of 5. Start the working vehicle. Let it idle for a few minutes. Rev the the good battery engine a little above idle for 30 to 60 secs.. You do this to charge the battery in the dead vehicle. A good clean • Connect one black clamp to the negative (-) terminal of the connection between the battery cables and the battery good battery terminals is essential. • Connect the other black clamp to a piece of grounded metal 6. Try to start the disabled vehicle. If it does not start, shut the on the dead vehicle, preferably shiny metal (not painted or engine off and disconnect the last connection temporarily while oily) that is attached to the engine. Usually a nut, bolt or you slightly twist or wiggle each of the four clamps to help other protruding shiny metal will work. You may see a small ensure a good electrical connection. Restart the working

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 16-5 EMERGENCIIES vehicle again. Allow another 5 minutes for charging before attempting to start the disabled vehicle. If this does not work after a few tries, you may need to have the vehicle towed or Improper jumpstarting procedures can result in battery the battery replaced. explosion and acid burn hazard. 7. Remove the jumper cables once the vehicle starts. Do this in Loosely connected battery cables could damage the electronic the reverse of the order in which they were attached, and don't control units. let any of the cables or clamps touch each other (or dangle To disconnect battery terminals, wait for at least 2 minutes to into the engine compartment) allow discharge of high voltage or it could lead to personal • Disconnect the black clamp from the grounded metal on injury. the dead vehicle While disconnecting, always disconnect the -VE terminal first • Disconnect the black clamp from the negative (-) terminal of and while connecting, always connect the -VE terminal last. the good battery Do not connect battery terminals with opposite polarity, it will lead to alternator failure. • Disconnect the red clamp from the positive (+) terminal of the good battery

• Disconnect the red clamp from the positive (+) terminal of Towing a vehicle to start could be dangerous. The vehicle being the dead battery towed could surge forward when the engine starts, causing the Replace any positive (+) red post protective covers if applicable tow vehicles to collide, injuring the occupants. (You have had to remove or open these in the beginning) Modern vehicles with electronic management systems should These covers help prevent accidental short circuiting of the not be jumpstarted without ‘protected’ jumpstarter leads. It is battery. necessary to refer to the owner's handbook for jumpstarting 8. Keep the recently-disabled vehicle's engine running. Run the procedures for such vehicles. vehicle above idle (slightly revved up with your foot on the accelerator). This should give the battery enough charge to start the vehicle again. If it does not, you probably have a dead battery or a dying alternator.

16-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 EMERGENCIIES 16..5 Liimp Home Mode 16..6 Towiing

Limp Home Mode is an emergency situation declared by the EMS Front Tow Hook (Engine Management System) due to failure of one/more critical sensors/actuators. In this mode, the EMS (Engine Management System) will revert back to basic minimum requirement (fuel quantity/injection timings) to aid the driver to bring the vehicle back to the nearest workshop. Needless to say, the drivability & fuel consumption will be greatly affected. If vehicle acceleration worsens or if there is a drop in vehicle performance, there might be a malfunction in the engine management system which triggers/activates the Limp Home Mode. This condition is accompanied by the check engine lamp illuminating in the instrument cluster. In this mode, the vehicle speed is limited and the accelerator pedal may not function normally. It is recommended you contact an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately for assistance.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 16-7 EMERGENCIIES 16..6..1 Towiing Equiipment

Variiant Towiing Optiions 2WD Front Tow hook  Flatbed towing  Towing by all 4 wheels  Sling type towing (front wheel lift) Not recommended

Towing equipment are of two types: • Slliing-type equiipment - The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on both ends. These hooks go around parts of the frame or suspension and lift the end of the vehicle off the ground. This is not a good method of towing as it may damage the vehicle's suspension and body. Avoid a tow with sling type equipment • Fllat--bed equiipment -- Your vehicle is loaded on the back of a truck. This is the safest and best way of towing

16-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

17 MAINTENANCE Get the most from your vehiiclle wiith routiine maiintenance

17..1 Generall Owner''s IInformatiion Routine maintenance is the best way to help ensure you get the performance, dependability, long life and better resale value you expect from your vehicle. This is exactly why we've put together this Your vehicle has been designed for fewer maintenance Maintenance Section. It outlines the services required to properly requirements with longer service intervals to save both your time maintain your vehicle and when they should be performed. The and money. However, each regular maintenance, as well as day-to- focus is on maintaining your vehicle while it's running great, which day care is more important to ensure a smooth, trouble-free, safe goes a long way toward preventing major repairs and expenses and economical operation. later. It is the owner's responsibility to make sure the specified Here are a few suggestions to help you get started on routine maintenance, including general maintenance service is performed. maintenance: Note that both the new vehicle limited warranty and emission control system limited warranties specify that proper maintenance • Familiarise yourself with your vehicle by going through your and care must be performed. See Service Coupon Booklet for Owner's Manual complete warranty information. • Take a few minutes to review this Maintenance Section Where to go for serviice? • Make it a habit to use this manual to record scheduled Mahindra technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to maintenance in the Service Coupon Booklet date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, • Consult with your Authorised Mahindra Dealer for all your service tips and in dealership training programmes. They learn to vehicle's needs work on Mahindra vehicles before they work on your vehicle, rather than while they are working on it. You can be confident that your Authorised Mahindra Dealer service department does the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle reliably and economically.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-1 MAIINTENANCE 17..1..1 Suggestiions for Obtaiiniing Serviice for your If an Authorised Mahindra Dealer is unable to resolve the concern, Vehiiclle you may contact any Mahindra Customer Care Executive. They would need the following information: Prepare for the Appoiintment Owner's name and address, owner's telephone number (home and If you have warranty work to be done, be sure to have the right office), Authorised Mahindra Dealer name, Vehicle Identification papers with you. All work to be performed may not be covered by Number (VIN), vehicle delivery date and mileage. the warranty. Discuss additional charges with the service manager. Keep a maintenance log of your vehicle's service history. 17..1..3 Warranty IInformatiion Prepare a Liist Read the Warranty Information given in the ‘‘Warranty IInformatiion Make a written list of your vehicle's problems or the specific work & Maiintenance Guiide’’ for the terms and provisions of Mahindra you want done. If you've had an accident or work done that is not on warranties applicable to this vehicle. Mahindra genuine parts, fluids, your maintenance log, let the service adviser know about it. lubricants and accessories are available at any Authorised Mahindra Dealer. They will help keep the vehicle operating at its Be Reasonablle wiith Requests best. If you list a number of items and you must have your vehicle by the end of the day, discuss the situation with the service adviser and list 17..1..4 Protect your Warranty the items in order of priority. Routine maintenance is not only the best way to help keep your 17..1..2 Need Assiistance? vehicle performing as intended, it's also the best way to protect your warranty. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance specified It is recommended talking to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer in the Service Coupon Booklet will invalidate warranty coverage on service manager first. Most matters can be resolved with this parts affected by the lack of maintenance. We can't stress enough process. If for some reason you are still not satisfied, talk to the how important it is to keep records of all maintenance. Damage or general manager or owner of the dealership. failures due to neglect or lack of proper maintenance are not covered under warranty.

17-2 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

Keeping maiintenance records is easy with the service coupon recommends against the use of such additive products unless booklet specifically recommended by Mahindra for a particular application. It's important to document the maintenance of your vehicle. For Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex your convenience to maintain records of service, the scheduled performance systems. Every manufacturer develops these systems maintenance coupons are provided in the service coupon booklet. using different specifications and performance features. That's why Every time you bring your vehicle in for scheduled maintenance, be it's important to rely on your Authorised Mahindra Dealer to sure to present this booklet and certify the work. Also record the properly diagnose and repair your vehicle. date of service and mileage at the time of service. This will make record keeping easy and, should your vehicle ever require warranty When planning your maintenance services, consider your coverage, you will have all the documentation to show you've Authorised Mahindra Dealer for all your vehicle's needs. properly maintained it. 17..1..7 Get the most from your Serviice and Maiintenance 17..1..5 Oiills,, Flluiids and Fllushiing viisiits

In many cases, fluid discolouration is a normal operating Getting your vehicle serviced at an Authorised Mahindra Dealer characteristic by itself, and does not necessarily indicate a concern adds great value to your vehicle in number of ways. Hence, it is or that the fluid needs to be changed. However, discoloured fluids recommended to service your vehicle at an Authorised Mahindra that also show signs of overheating and/or foreign material Dealer only. contamination should be inspected immediately by a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your Authorised 17..1..8 Maiintenance IIntervall Mahindra Dealer. Your vehicle's oils and fluids should be changed at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair. Mahindra establishes recommended maintenance intervals based upon engineering testing to determine the most appropriate 17..1..6 Chemiicalls and Addiitiives mileage to perform the various maintenance services. This protects your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you. Mahindra Non-Mahindra approved chemicals or additives are not required for recommends that you do not deviate from the maintenance factory recommended maintenance. In fact, Mahindra schedules presented in this Maintenance Schedule.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-3 MAIINTENANCE 17..1..9 Vehiiclle Sellf Maiintenance - Generall Precautiions 17..2 Openiing and Cllosiing the Hood

• Refer to relevant sections of the manual before starting The hood release lever is located in the driver side footwell area, below the instrument panel. To open hood follow the steps below: • Set the parking brake 1. Pull the lever below the driver side instrument panel to release • Block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving the hood. unexpectedly • Turn OFF the engine and remove the key • Stay clear of hot vehicle parts • Avoid repeated contact with fluids • Do not let fuel, coolant and other fluids spill over electrical and hot vehicle parts • Keep all open flames and other burning material like cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel-related parts 2. Lift the hood a little to access the safety latch holding the hood striker. This safety latch is located below the hood at the Do not start/run the engine when any engine/peripheral parts centre. are removed.

17-4 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

3. Lift the safety latch and lift the hood. • Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed To close the hood, follow the below steps: 1. Remove the stay rod supporting the hood by slightly lifting the hood 2. Bring the hood near to its self-opening/closing position 3. Now, push the hood to close and ensure the primary latch is engaged 4. Hood is supported by a stay rod. Lift the safety latch and lift the hood. 4. Before driving off, check hood is locked properly with primary latch fully engaged

Bonnet Open Hazard - When the bonnet is open and vehicle is in unlock condition: • Hazard lamps flash continuously to alert the user that the bonnet is open • Hazard cluster telltale also flashes • Do not open the hood immediately after a drive; the engine To stop the warning, do any one of the following: compartment will be very hot — Close the bonnet • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched properly, the — Press the hazard button TWICE hood could open while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, resulting in an accident — Change the turn signal stalk position — Drive the vehicle > 10 kmph

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-5 MAIINTENANCE 17..3 Engiine Compartment

Diiesell

A Front Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir E Dipstick B Degassing Tank F Air Filter C Engine Oil Cap G Battery D Brake Fluid Reservoir H Engine Compartment Fuse Box

17-6 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

Petroll

A Front Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir E Dipstick B Degassing Tank F Air Filter C Engine Oil Cap G Battery D Brake Fluid Reservoir H Engine Compartment Fuse Box

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-7 MAIINTENANCE Maintenance is classified as below: • General Maintenance • Scheduled Maintenance

17..4 Generall Maiintenance • Brake/Clutch fluid level • Engine oil level • Fluid leaks Exercise extreme caution when the hood is open and engine is ON. • Hoses, joints and pipes for any abnormalities IInsiide the Vehiiclle Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed frequently. In addition to checking the items listed below, • Lights if you notice any unusual noise, fluid leakages, smell or vibration, you • Warning lamps should investigate the cause or take your vehicle to your Authorised Mahindra Dealer or a qualified service shop immediately. • Windshield wipe and wash • Steering wheel • Seats Make these checks only with adequate ventilation if you intend to run the engine. • Seat belts IIn the Engiine Compartment • Accelerator pedal • Front windshield washer fluid level • Brake pedal • Engine coolant level • Brakes • Battery condition • Parking brake • Gear lever shift mechanism

17-8 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

Outsiide the Vehiiclle 17..5..3 Engiine Oiill Consumptiion • Lamps It is normal for engines to consume some engine oil during • Fluid leaks operation. • Doors and engine hood latches Causes of consumption in a normal engine are as follows: • Tyre inflation pressure • Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston rings and cylinders. Thin films of oil, left over when pistons move in cylinders, are sucked • Tyre surface/thread and wheel nuts into the combustion chamber due to high negative pressure generated when the vehicle is decelerating. This oil gets burnt in 17..5 IIn the Engiine Compartment the combustion chamber • Oil is also used to lubricate the stems of intake valves. Some of 17..5..1 Flluiid Leaks this oil is sucked into the combustion chamber together with the intake air and is burnt there Check the engine compartment and the underbody of the vehicle for any leaks. If you smell fuel vapour or notice any leak, have the • Engine oil consumption depends on the operating conditions in cause found and corrected immediately. which the vehicle is driven. Oil consumption will be more due to high speed driving and frequent acceleration and deceleration. A new engine may consume more oil since its pistons, piston rings 17..5..2 Engiine Oiill and cylinder walls are not conditioned Engine oil has the primary functions of lubricating and cooling the inside of the engine. It plays a major role in maintaining the engine 17..5..4 Checkiing/Toppiing the Engiine Oiill in proper working order. Therefore, it is essential to check the engine oil regularly. • Make sure the vehicle is on level ground • Turn the engine OFF and wait a few minutes for the oil to settle down into the oil sump • Apply the parking brake

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-9 MAIINTENANCE

• Open the hood, use stay rod to support the hood. Protect Diiesell yourself from engine heat • Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick • Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth. Insert the dipstick fully, then remove it again • If the oil level is between “Miin” and “Max” marks, the oil level is acceptable. DO NOT ADD OIIL • If the oil level is below or near the “Min” mark, add enough oil through the oil filler cap to raise the level within the “Min” and “Max” marks. Wait for few minutes after every top-up for the oil to settle down before checking the level • Oil levels above the “Max” mark may cause engine damage/poor performance Petroll • Put the dipstick and the oil filler cap back and ensure it is fully/ properly seated Petroll

17-10 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

Diiesell 17..5..5 Checkiing/Toppiing Engiine Coollant Levell

• Park the vehicle on flat-horizontal surface. Keep the parking brake fully engaged. Shut-off the engine

To avoid possible oil loss and injury due to hot blow-by gas, DO NOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level dipstick and/or • Wait till the engine cools down and hence coolant temperature the engine oil filler cap removed. comes down to normal room temperature • The coolant level should be between “MIN” and “MAX” marking provided on the degassing tank Draining/Changing of engine oil should always be done by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. • In case the coolant level is below the “MIN” marking, the coolant should be topped-up • The coolant should be filled till the level rises above the “MIN” but remain below the “MAX” marking on the degassing tank • However, if the degassing tank is found to be near empty, it is recommended that the system be checked at an Authorised Mahindra Dealer

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-11 MAIINTENANCE The brake and clutch systems are supplied fluid from the same reservoir. Never open the pressure cap when the engine is hot. Hot coolant may splash resulting in serious personal injury or The brake fluid level will drop slowly as the brakes wear, and will rise severe burns by the erupting liquid. when the brake components are replaced. Fluid levels between the “MIN” and “MAX” lines are within the normal operating range; there is no need to add fluid. If the fluid levels are below the “MIN” mark, the performance of the systems could be compromised; the brake/ Top-up only with recommended Ready To Use (RTU) coolants clutch operation could be spongy and gear change harder. Top-up for ensuring performance, anti-freezing and corrosion the recommended brake/clutch fluid till the “MAX” mark or contact protection. Do not add water directly. Mixing with other brand an Authorised Mahindra Dealer immediately. of coolants is not recommended and should be avoided. Carefully clean the cap on the reservoir before you remove it and be sure no debris fall in the reservoir. Do not keep the reservoir open for longer than necessary to add brake fluid. Draining or changing of engine coolant should always be done by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer. Use only brake/clutch fluid that meets Mahindra specifications. Refer to ‘Lubricant and Capacities’ section. 17..5..6 Checkiing/Toppiing Brake/Cllutch Flluiid

Draining or changing of brake fluid should always be done by an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

17-12 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE 17..5..7 Wiindshiielld Washer Flluiid Top-up 17..6 Maiintenance - IInsiide the Vehiiclle

17..6..1 Liights

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights and other lights are all working. Check headlight aim.

17..6..2 Warniing Messages and Lamps

Check all warning lamps appearing in the instrument cluster and DDAS. Refer to the relevant sections in this manual for further details. Top-up windshield washer reservoirs as and when required. The windshield washer tank is located next to the right side head 17..6..3 Seats lamp in the engine bay. It supplies fluid to both front and rear washer. Check that all seat controls such as seat adjusters, seat back recliner, etc. operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in In very cold weather conditions, fill the reservoir with washer fluid any position. Check that the head restraints move up and down premixed with anti-freeze. smoothly and that the locks hold securely in any latched position.

17..6..4 Seat Bellts If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 4.5ºC, use washer fluid with anti-freeze protection. Failure to use washer Check that the seat belt system such as buckles, retractors and fluid with anti-freeze protection in cold weather could result in anchors operate properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or damaged. accident.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-13 MAIINTENANCE 17..6..5 Accellerator Pedall 17..7..3 Doors and Engiine Hood

Check the pedal for smooth operation, uneven pedal effort or Check all doors and latches including the tailgate for proper stickiness. Check the foot well and remove obstructions, if any. functioning. Make sure the engine hood secondary latch secures the hood from opening when the primary latch is released. 17..6..6 Brake Pedall 17..7..4 Tyre IInfllatiion Pressure Check the pedal for smooth operation and proper clearance. Check the foot well and remove obstructions, if any. Check the Tyre pressure with a pressure gauge every week.

17..7 Maiintenance - Outsiide the Vehiiclle 17..8 Battery

The following checks should be carried out from time to time, Your vehicle is equipped with a Mahindra genuine battery. For unless otherwise specified. longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and dry. Also, make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals. 17..7..1 Lamps If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals, remove the Check and ensure proper functioning of all exterior lamps. cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. To prevent corrosion, apply petroleum jelly to the battery terminals. Tighten 17..7..2 Flluiid Leaks loose terminals and hold down clamp nuts only enough to keep the battery firmly in place. Tightening excessively may damage the battery terminals. Check the engine compartment and the underbody of the vehicle for any leaks. If you smell fuel vapour or notice any leak, have the cause found and corrected immediately.

17-14 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE 17..8..1 For Best Battery Serviice

• Keep the battery securely mounted Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution; do not allow battery acid to contact eyes, skin or clothing. Don't lean over battery • Keep the battery top clean and dry when attaching clamps or allow the clamps to touch each • Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight and coated with other. If acid splashes in the eyes or on the skin, flush petroleum jelly or terminal grease contaminated area immediately with large quantities of water. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a A battery generates hydrogen gas which is flammable and solution of water and baking soda explosive. Keep any flame or spark away from the vent holes. Keep batteries out of reach of children. Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead components. Wash hands after handling batteries. Do not disconnect battery terminals while the engine is running. This will adversely affect all electronic controllers. If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed, the clock (if equipped) and the preset radio (if equipped) stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected. While removing the battery, always disconnect the negative The replacement battery must meet the specification of the terminal first. And while installing the battery, ensure the originally fitted battery. negative terminal is connected last.

It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be 17..9 Wiiper Bllades disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time. This will minimise the discharge of your Lift the wiper arm from its position. Expose the blade lip for battery during storage. inspection. Clean the wiper blade lips with water applied with a soft sponge. If the wiper blade is not wiping the glass satisfactorily or is worn-out, cut, cracked or bulging, get it replaced at an Authorised Mahindra Dealer.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-15 MAIINTENANCE

17..9..1 Changiing the Wiiper Bllade 3. Hold the end of the rubber and pull until the tabs are free of the metal support. 1. Lift the arm and position the wiper blade at right angles to the 4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber. Then instal the blade wiper arm. assembly in the reverse order of removal.

To prevent damage to the windshield, don’t let the wiper arm slap down on to it.

17..10 Appearance Care and Protectiion

17..10..1 Washiing the Exteriior

• Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a 2. Press the retaining clip in the opposite direction, disengage the wiper blade and pull it off the arm. neutral pH soap • Never use strong household detergents or soap, such as dish washing or laundry liquid. These products can discolour and spot painted surfaces • Never wash a vehicle that is ‘hot to the touch’ or during exposure to strong, direct sunlight • Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results • Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting

17-16 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE • It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the 17..10..3 Exteriior Chrome winter months, as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle • Wash the vehicle first, using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo • Immediately remove items such as Petrol, diesel fuel, bird droppings and insect deposits; they can cause damage to the • Use the custom bright metal cleaners, available at your vehicle's paint work and trim over time Authorised Mahindra Dealer. Apply the product as you would wax to clean chrome parts; allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes, and then wipe off the haze with a clean, dry rag 17..10..2 Engiine Compartment • Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can leave scratches on the chrome surface • After polishing the chrome parts, you can also apply a coating of Premium Liquid Wax, available at your Authorised Mahindra Dealer, or an equivalent quality product to help protect from environmental effects

17..10..4 Paiint Chiips

• Authorised Mahindra Dealers have the exact touch-up paint to match your vehicle's colour • Take your vehicle to an Authorised Mahindra Dealer for paint Do not wash the engine or engine compartment with touch-up or paint repairs pressurised water. • Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips • Always read the instructions before using the products

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-17 MAIINTENANCE 17..10..5 Alllloy Wheells and Wheell Covers (iif equiipped) 17..10..7 Wiindows and Wiiper Bllades

Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat of paint The front/rear windshield, side windows and the wiper blades finish. In order to maintain their shine: should be cleaned regularly. If the wipers do not wipe properly, substances on the vehicle's glass or the wiper blades may be the • Clean weekly with wheel and Tyre cleaner, which is available at cause. These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial your Authorised Mahindra Dealer. Heavy dirt and brake dust car washes, water repellent coatings, tree sap, or other organic accumulation may require agitation with a sponge. Rinse contamination; these contaminants may cause squeaking or thoroughly with a strong stream of water chatter noise from the blades, and streaking and smearing of the • Never apply any cleaning chemicals to hot or warm wheel rims windshield. or covers To clean these items follow these tips: • Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergents • The windshield, rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a non-abrasive cleaner such as Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, available at your Authorised Mahindra Dealer 17..10..6 Pllastiic (Non-paiinted) Exteriior Parts • The wiper blades can be cleaned with alcohol or Premium Use only approved products to clean plastic parts. These products Windshield Washer Concentrate, available at your Authorised are available with your Authorised Mahindra Dealer. You can use Mahindra Dealer. This washer fluid contains a special solution in these cleaners: addition to alcohol which helps remove the hot wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield. Be sure to replace wiper blades • For routine cleaning of plastic parts when they appear worn or do not function properly • For tar or grease spots • Do not use abrasives, as they may cause scratches • For plastic head lamp lenses • Do not use fuel, kerosene, or paint thinner to clean any glass parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion, clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a

17-18 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild-abrasive If a staining liquid like coffee/juice has been spilled on the cleaning solution. After cleaning, rinse the windshield and wiper instrument panel or on the interior trim surfaces, clean as follows: blades with clean water. The windshield is clean if beads do not • Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth form when you rinse the windshield with water. • Apply vinyl cleaner to the wiped area and spread around evenly Do not use sharp objects, such as a razor blade, to remove decals, as it may cause damage to the glass or rear windshield heater grid • Apply cleaner to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth lines (if equipped). onto the soiled area and allow this to set in at room temperature for 30 minutes 17..10..8 IInstrument Panell/IInteriior Triim and Clluster • Remove the soaked cloth, and if it is not soiled badly, use this Lens cloth to clean the area with a rubbing motion for 60 secs. • Following this, wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth

Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when 17..10..9 IInteriior Maiintenance cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel. For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts and seats: Clean the instrument panel, interior trim areas and cluster lens with soap and water using soft microfibre / cotton cloth / sponge, • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner then with a clean and dry white cotton cloth; you may also use Dash • Remove light stains and soil with carpet and upholstery cleaner and Vinyl Cleaner on the instrument panel and interior trim areas. • If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the area • Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper first with a stain remover portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection • Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolour the fabric and affect the flame retardant • Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage abilities of the seat materials the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens • Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's safety belts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-19 MAIINTENANCE 17..10..10 Leather Seats (iif equiipped) 17..11 Aiir-Condiitiioniing System Maiintenance

Your leather seating surfaces have a clear, protective coating over Your vehicle's air-conditioning is a sealed system. Any major the leather: maintenance, such as recharging should be done by a qualified technician. However, you can do a few things by yourself to make • To clean, use a soft microfibre/cotton / sponge cloth with a sure the air-conditioning works efficiently. leather and vinyl with approved cleaners. Dry the area with a soft cloth Run the air-conditioning system at least once a week, even during • To help maintain its resiliency and colour, use the leather care the cold weather months. Run it for at least ten minutes with the kit, available from an Authorised Mahindra Dealer engine running at normal operating temperature. This circulates the lubricating oil contained in the refrigerant. • Do not use household cleaning products, alcohol solutions, solvents or cleaners intended for rubber, vinyl and plastics, or oil/petroleum-based leather conditioners. These products may cause premature wearing of the clear, protective coating Whenever you get the air-conditioning system serviced, make sure the service facility uses a refrigerant recycling system. This system captures the refrigerant for re-use. Releasing the refrigerant into the atmosphere may cause damage to the In some instances, a colour or dye transfer can occur when wet environment. clothing comes in contact with leather upholstery. If this occurs, clean the leather immediately to avoid permanent staining. 17..12 Vehiiclle Storage

17..10..11 Underbody If you are leaving your vehicle for more than 2 weeks, you may want to take stopping to protect your battery. Disconnect the negative Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently. Keep body cable from the battery. Anytime you store your vehicle, or keep it and door drain holes free from packed dirt. You can also use an out of service (i. e. vacation) for two weeks or more, run the air- anti-corrosion spray for the underbody to avoid rusting and conditioning system at idle for about five minutes in the fresh air corrosion especially for vehicles in coastal places. mode and high blower speed setting. This will ensure adequate

17-20 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE system lubrication to minimise the possibility of compressor Do not:: damage when the system is started again. • Tap the ice on the window to crack it or chip it for a good place It is recommended storing the vehicle in a covered, clean, dry, well to start scraping. You could end up cracking more than the ice levelled, ventilated and closed place. and end up with a cracked or shattered windshield/window • Pour warm or hot water on the windshield to melt ice. This will 17..13 Wiinter Care crack your windshield

17..13..1 Dealliing wiith IIce 17..13..3 Duriing Wiinter Storage

Make sure you have window ice scrapers and de-icers for the locks. Start the engine occasionally, here are a few pointers to keep in When you're stuck, having a small shovel is useful to dig out of the mind: snow. The weight of a bag of sand in the trunk will give added traction in rear-wheel drive vehicles and can be used to sprinkle on • Run it in a well-ventilated area. Carbon monoxide can build up the snow and ice to gain better traction. And don't forget personal quickly protection such as a warm coat, hat, gloves and a blanket, in case • Run for a minimum of 20 minutes to allow the engine to come you get stuck in a storm. up to the normal operating temperature. This will allow the oil to circulate and will also open up the thermostat so that your 17..13..2 Keep Enough Fuell iin the Tank radiator anti-freeze circulates as well • Start up the air-conditioner and/or heater and run both for 10 Never let the fuel level in the tank drop below the half-full mark. A minutes or so. Again, circulating fluids is essential for good life of sudden storm with unexpected heavy rains could leave you the system stranded for hours. Having adequate fuel supply will allow you to idle the engine from time to time to keep warm. 17..13..4 Exteriior

Wash and wax your car to provide an extra layer of protection to your paint.

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-21 MAIINTENANCE 17..13..5 Viinyll and Rubber 17..14 Bullb Repllacements

Use a good conditioner on all vinyl and rubber parts to prevent from 17..14..1 Head Lamp Bullb Repllacement drying out.

17..13..6 IInteriior

Clean the glass, shampoo the carpets, dig in between the seats to see what's there, clean the upholstery in all nooks and corners.

17..13..7 Engiine

Check all hoses and wires to make sure everything is in good condition and replace any that need to be. The last thing to do is to make sure the internal components of the engine remain lubricated and don't corrode.

If the engine is being started after a very long period of non-use, warm up the engine at an idle speed for 2-3 minutes before driving the vehicle.

17-22 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contamination will severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb comes in contact with any oily surface, clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol.

To avoid burning yourself, do not replace the light bulbs when they are hot. Halogen bulbs have pressurised gas inside and are to be handled with special care. Mishandling it may cause the bulb to burst or shatter. Hold the bulb with its metal/plastic holder/base and do not touch the glass part with bare hands. The head lamp bulb can be replaced without removing the head lamp assembly from the vehicle. Using bulbs with units of higher output capacity/wattage is illegal and may damage your vehicle’s electrical system. To replace the head lamp bulb: Replacement bulbs must meet the specification of originally • Ensure ignition is switched OFF fitted bulbs. • Remove rear dust cover from the head lamp • Remove the bulb assembly with connector from the head lamp by unlocking the wire clamp • Detach the bulb assembly from the wiring connector near to the head lamp • Insert the connector into the new bulb (of the same wattage), and follow the reverse procedure to assemble the bulb assembly in the headlight assembly • Clamp the bulb assembly by wire clamp properly

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-23 MAIINTENANCE 17..15 Projjector Head Lamp (iif equiipped)

To avoid burning yourself, do not replace the light bulbs when they are hot. Halogen bulbs have pressurised gas inside and are to be handled with special care. Mishandling it may cause the bulb to burst or shatter. Hold the bulb with its metal/plastic holder/base and do not touch the glass part with bare hands.

Using bulbs with units of higher output capacity/wattage is illegal and may damage your vehicle’s electrical system. Replacement bulbs must meet the specification of originally fitted bulbs. A Turn signal lamp C Headlamp (High beam)

B Tail lamp/(DRL) D Headlamp (Low beam) 17..16 Serviice Remiinder Allert (iif equiipped)

Service reminder alert will be displayed in instrument cluster indicating that the next scheduled service is due. Alert will be active Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contamination when ignition is turned ON before 200 km of every service will severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb comes in contact with schedule. any oily surface, clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol. Alert will be reset by Mahindra Authorised Service Dealer after completion of every service.

17-24 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE 17..17 Maiintenance Schedulle Chart (Petroll)

XUV300 – PETROL Diistance Covered iin km x 1000 FREE SERVIICE PAIID SERVIICE Descriiptiion Change IIntervall 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 ENGIINE ENGINE OIL 1 Replace at every 10000 km I R R R R R R R R R R ENGINE OIL FILTER Replace at every 10000 km R R R R R R R R R R AUTO TENSIONER & BELTS Replace at every 100000 km I I R

Replace at first 60000 km and then I I I I I I R I I I I COOLANT 3 at every 80000 km SPARK PLUGS 3 Replace at every 100000 km R AIIR,, FUEL & EXHAUST

Check indicator at every 10000 km & C C R C C R C C R C AIR FILTER ELEMENT 4 Replace element at every 30000 km FUEL FILTER Replace at every 20000 km R R R R R

EXHAUST PIPE MOUNTINGS Inspect at 1000, 20000 km and then I I I I I I & DAMAGE/LEAKAGE at every 20000 km TRANSAXLE & DIIFFERENTIIAL

Replace at first 50000 km & at I R I TRANSAXLE OIL 3 subsequent 100000 km

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-25 MAIINTENANCE

XUV300 – PETROL Diistance Covered iin km x 1000 FREE SERVIICE PAIID SERVIICE Descriiptiion Change IIntervall 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 BRAKES

BRAKE & CLUTCH FLUID- Replace at every 40000 km I I I I R I I I R I I LEVEL CHECK 2

Adjust at 1000, 20000 km and then A A A A A A PARKING BRAKE OPERATION at every 20000 km FRONT AND REAR BRAKE Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I PADS / CALIPER STEERIING WHEEL ALIGNMENT* At 40000 km, earlier if abnormal wear is noticed @ TYRE ROTATION* Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I WHEEL BALANCING* If Required ELECTRICAL BATTERY HEALTH CHECK Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

ALL LAMPS, HORNS, WIPERS Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I & WASHERS

SERVICE REMINDER Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I INDICATOR RESET

HEAD LIGHT AIMING Inspect at 1000 km I

17-26 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

XUV300 – PETROL Diistance Covered iin km x 1000 FREE SERVIICE PAIID SERVIICE Descriiptiion Change IIntervall 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 HVAC PARTICLE FILTER Replace at every 10000 km R R R R R R R R R R WATER DRAIN PIPE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I FIINAL INSPECTIION TYRE PRESSURE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

BALL JOINTS/ Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I BOOTS GREASE LEAK ROAD TEST Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I CHECK DTC Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I LEGENDS - I = Inspect and Correct R = Replace C =Clean A= Adjust * ON Chargeable Basis, # - If Applicable, 1 - Change as per Km or 1 Year whichever earlier For Petrol engine, if the vehicle operates in dusty environment, high humid and predominant city drive condition oil change at every 5000 km or 1 year whichever earlier 2 - Change as per the km or 2 years whichever earlier 3 - Change as per the km or 3 years whichever earlier 4 - Under extreme operating conditions, replace air filter every 20,000 km @ - Suggest to carry Wheel Alignment at Mahindra Authorised Service Centre

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-27 MAIINTENANCE 17..18 Maiintenance Schedulle Chart (Diiesell)

XUV300 – DIIESEL Diistance Covered iin km x 1000 FREE SERVIICE PAIID SERVIICE Descriiptiion Change IIntervall 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 ENGIINE

Replace at first 10000 km then I R I R I R I R I R I ENGINE OIL 1 every 20000 km

Replace at first 10000 km then R R R R R ENGINE OIL FILTER every 20000 km AUTO TENSIONER & BELTS Replace at every 100000 km I I R

Replace at first 60000 km and then I I I I I I R I I I I COOLANT 3 at every 80000 km AIIR,, FUEL & EXHAUST Check indicator at every 10000 km AIR FILTER ELEMENT 4 & Replace element at every 30000 C C R C C R C C R C km FUEL FILTER Replace at every 40000 km R R

DRAIN WATER IN FUEL Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I FILTER

EXHAUST PIPE MOUNTINGS Inspect at 1000, 20000 km and I I I I I I & DAMAGE/LEAKAGE then at every 20000 km

17-28 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 MAIINTENANCE

XUV300 – DIIESEL Diistance Covered iin km x 1000 FREE SERVIICE PAIID SERVIICE Descriiptiion Change IIntervall 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TRANSAXLE & DIIFFERENTIIAL

Replace at first 50000 km & at I R I TRANSAXLE OIL 3 subsequent 100000 km BRAKES

BRAKE & CLUTCH FLUID- Replace at every 40000 km I I I I R I I I R I I LEVEL CHECK 2

Adjust at 1000, 20000 km and then A A A A A A PARKING BRAKE OPERATION at every 20000 km FRONT AND REAR BRAKE Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I PADS / CALIPER STEERIING WHEEL ALIGNMENT* At 40000 km, earlier if abnormal wear is noticed @ TYRE ROTATION* Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I WHEEL BALANCING* If Required ELECTRICAL BATTERY HEALTH CHECK Inspect at every 10000 km I I I I I I I I I I

ALL LAMPS, HORNS, WIPERS Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I & WASHERS

© Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 17-29 MAIINTENANCE

XUV300 – DIIESEL Diistance Covered iin km x 1000 FREE SERVIICE PAIID SERVIICE Descriiptiion Change IIntervall 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

SERVICE REMINDER Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I INDICATOR RESET HEAD LIGHT AIMING Inspect at 1000 km I HVAC PARTICLE FILTER Replace at every 10000 km R R R R R R R R R R WATER DRAIN PIPE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I FIINAL INSPECTIION TYRE PRESSURE Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I

BALL JOINTS/DRIVE SHAFT Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I BOOTS GREASE LEAK ROAD TEST Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I CHECK DTC Inspect at every service I I I I I I I I I I I LEGENDS - I = Inspect and Correct R = Replace C =Clean A= Adjust * ON Chargeable Basis, # - If Applicable, 1- Change as per the km or 1 year whichever earlier 2 - Change as per the km or 2 years whichever earlier 3 - Change as per the km or 3 years whichever earlier 4 - Under extreme operating conditions, replace air filter every 20,000 km @ - Suggest to carry Wheel Alignment at Mahindra Authorised Service Centre

17-30 © Copyright Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. 012019 Alphabetical Index

A Battery Specification...... 7-23 Door Open Alerts...... 9-20 Bottle Holder...... 8-14 Doors...... 7-2 After Driving Off-Road or through Water ...... 14-7 Brakes ...... 12-5 Drive Information (if equipped) ...... 9-8 Air-Conditioning System Maintenance...... 17-20 Bulb Replacements ...... 17-22 Drive Time ...... 9-8 Airbag Deployment...... 6-9 Bulb Specification ...... 2-10 Driving and Operation ...... 10-2 Airbag Disposal...... 6-12 Driving Through Water...... 14-6 Airbag Inflation/Deployment ...... 6-6 Driving Your Vehicle ...... 14-4 Airbag Maintenance ...... 6-12 Dual Zone Automatic Heater and A/C ...... 13-17 Airbag Non-deployment ...... 6-9 Dual Zone Automatic Heater and A/C (if equipped) ...... 13-4 Airbag Repair ...... 6-12 C Airbag Replacement...... 6-12 Airbag System Malfunction Lamp ...... 6-5 Central Locking System ...... 7-5 Airbag Warning Lamp (if equipped) ...... 9-26 Centre Room Lamp...... 8-23 Airbags...... 6-1 Centre Storage ...... 8-11 E Alloy Wheels and Wheel Covers (if equipped) ...... 17-18 Centre Switch Cluster ...... 8-32 Anti Lockout...... 7-10 Changing a flat tyre ...... 2-16 Electric Foldable ORVM (if equipped)...... 8-4 Anti-Glare Auto Adjustment Function (if equipped) ...... 8-5 Changing a Flat Tyre ...... 15-7 Electric ORVM (if equipped)...... 8-4 Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 12-7 Changing the Wiper Blade...... 17-16 Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) (if equipped) ...... 12-8 Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Malfunction Lamp (if equipped) ...... 9-25 Check Engine Lamp ...... 9-29 Electronic Stability Program (ESP) ...... 14-14 Appearance Care and Protection ...... 17-16 Checking/Topping Brake/Clutch Fluid ...... 17-12 Engine Compartment...... 17-6, 17-17 Arming of Vehicle ...... 7-24 Checking/Topping Engine Coolant Level ...... 17-11 Engine Compartment Fuse Box...... 2-12 Assist Grip and Coat Hook...... 8-15 Checking/Topping the Engine Oil ...... 17-9 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 9-3 Audio/Infotainment Manual...... 1-6 Chemicals and Additives ...... 17-3 Engine Idling ...... 14-15 Auto Hazard Warning Lamp ...... 8-36 Child Restraint and Airbag...... 6-8 Engine Idling - In Cold Weather...... 14-16 Auto Locking ...... 7-9 Clock Screens (if equipped)...... 9-7 Engine Immobiliser System ...... 7-24 Auto Mode (if equipped)...... 8-37 Cluster Setting (if equipped) ...... 9-11 Engine Number ...... 2-9 Auto Operation Mode (Auto Indicator ON) ...... 13-5 Console Storage...... 8-12 Engine Stop/Start Lamp (if equipped)...... 9-27 Auto Re-lock On Any Door Open ...... 7-10 Cruise Control ...... 14-16 Entry and Exit Conditions...... 11-8 Auto Re-lock on Master Actuator Unlock ...... 7-10 Cruise Control Activation...... 14-17 EPS Warning Lamp (if equipped) ...... 9-28 Auto Re-locking (if applicable) ...... 7-9 Cruise Control De-activation...... 14-17 ESP OFF...... 14-15 Auto Unlock On Ignition OFF ...... 7-10 Cruise Indicator (if equipped)...... 9-24 ESP OFF Lamp (if equipped) ...... 9-27 Auto Unlock Upon Crash...... 7-10 ESP ON...... 14-14 AUTO Wash (if equipped) ...... 8-38 ESP System Warning Lamp (if equipped) ...... 9-27 AUX and USB Ports...... 8-27 Exhaust Gases ...... 14-4 Average Fuel Efficiency (AFE)...... 9-9 Exterior Chrome...... 17-17 Average Speed (if equipped)...... 9-8 D Exterior Lamps ...... 8-27 Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) (if equipped) ...... 8-32 Dealing with Ice ...... 17-21 Defogging/Defrosting...... 13-17 B Digital Speedo Meter (if equipped) ...... 9-10 F Dimensions...... 2-8 Battery ...... 17-14 Distance to Empty (DTE) ...... 9-10 Fastening the Seat Belt (3-Point type) ...... 5-12 Battery Charging System Warning Lamp...... 9-29 Door Ajar Warning Lamp...... 9-26 Feature Description...... 11-1 Battery Replacement for Remote Key/Smart Key...... 7-23 Door Courtesy Lamp (if equipped)...... 8-24 Feature Matrix...... 2-1 Alphabetical Index

Flick-Wipe (Mist)...... 8-36 Glow Plug Indicator (if equipped)...... 9-28 Intermittent (INT) Mode...... 8-37 Flowing Water ...... 14-7 Introduction ...... 1-1 Fog Lamps (if equipped)...... 8-33 Fog Lamps OFF ...... 8-33 Folding The Rear Seat Back ...... 5-6 Follow-Me Home (FMH) (if equipped) ...... 8-34 H Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)...... 8-43 J Front Airbags ...... 6-3 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 16-1 Front Center Vent...... 13-3 Hazard Warning Lamp...... 8-35 Jack Points ...... 2-20 Front Cup Holder/Rear Cup Holder and Armrest (if equipped)...... 8-13 Head Lamp “AUTO” Function...... 8-29 Jacking...... 2-21 Front Fog Lamp (if equipped)...... 9-27 Head Lamp / High Beam Lamp ...... 9-28 Jump starting...... 16-3 Front Fog Lamps ON ...... 8-33 Head Lamp Bulb Replacement...... 17-22 Front Overview...... 3-1 Head Lamp Flash...... 8-30 Front Roof Lamp ...... 8-23 Head Lamp Levelling System...... 8-31 Front Seat Height Adjustment (if equipped) ...... 5-3 Head Lamp Low/High Beam...... 8-30 Front Seat Recline ...... 5-2 Head Lamp ON ...... 8-30 K Front Seat Slide...... 5-2 Head Restraint ...... 5-3 Front Seats...... 5-1 Head Restraint Adjustment ...... 5-6 Keep Enough Fuel in the Tank ...... 17-21 Front Side Vent ...... 13-3 HHC malfunction (if equipped) ...... 9-26 Front/Rear Obstacle Detection System (if equipped) ...... 10-1 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp...... 9-29 Fuel ...... 14-19 High Speed Wiping...... 8-37 Fuel Computer ...... 9-9 Horn ...... 8-17 Fuel Level Gauge...... 9-4 How to Calculate Fuel Efficiency (Mileage) ...... 14-9 L Fuel-Lid Opening and Closing ...... 14-20 HVAC Overview ...... 13-2 Fuelling during Winter...... 14-19 Lead Me to Vehicle (LMV) (if equipped)...... 8-35 Functional Safety Alert ...... 9-21 Leather Seats (if equipped) ...... 17-20 Fuses & Relays ...... 2-11 Life of Tyre...... 15-5 Lighting Control Stalk ...... 8-27 I Limitations of PAS...... 10-7 Limp Home Mode ...... 16-7 If Remote Key is Lost ...... 7-11 Locks and Keys ...... 7-1 G If Smart Key is Lost ...... 7-22 Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ...... 9-29 Ignition Switch (if equipped)...... 14-9 Low Fuel Warning Lamp ...... 9-26 Gear Indicator...... 14-11 Immobiliser...... 9-25 Low Speed Wiping ...... 8-37 Gear Lever...... 14-11 Infant and Child Safety...... 5-15 Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Diesel ...... 2-7 Gear Recommendation ...... 9-9 Inflating Your Tyres ...... 15-4 Lubricants & Fuel Recommendation Chart - Petrol ...... 2-6 Gears 1-6...... 14-12 Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE) ...... 9-10 Luggage Compartment ...... 8-7 General Driving Precautions ...... 14-4 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FEATURES ...... 9-1 Luggage Room Lamp Switch...... 8-24 General Maintenance...... 17-8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW...... 4-1 General Owners Information ...... 17-1 Instrument Panel Fuse Box...... 2-14 General Safety Information and Instructions ...... 1-2 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 3-3 General Warnings and Instructions...... 5-9 Instrument Panel/Interior Trim and Cluster Lens ...... 17-19 Get the most from your Service and Maintenance visits ...... 17-3 Interior Lamps ...... 8-23 M Glove Box ...... 8-11 Interior Maintenance ...... 17-19 Glove Box Lamp (if equipped)...... 8-24 Interior Rearview Mirror (IRVM)...... 8-5 Maintenance - Inside the Vehicle ...... 17-13 Alphabetical Index

Maintenance - Outside the Vehicle ...... 17-14 Parking Assistance System Sensors ...... 10-2 Replacing Air Conditioner Filter...... 13-19 Maintenance Interval ...... 17-3 Parking Brake...... 12-6 Restore the Tools, Jack and Flat Tyre Securely ...... 2-24 Maintenance Schedule Chart (Diesel) ...... 17-28 Parking Brake Lamp ...... 9-25 RESUME Button ...... 14-18 Maintenance Schedule Chart (Petrol) ...... 17-25 Parking Lamp ON ...... 8-28 Reverse ...... 14-13 Manual Heater/Air Conditioner ...... 13-18 Parking on a Hill/Incline...... 12-6 Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) - Type-2 (if Manual Operation Mode (Auto Indicator OFF)...... 13-6 PAS (RPAS & FPAS) Information on Instrument Cluster Screen . . . . . 10-3 equipped)...... 10-10 Manual ORVM (if equipped)...... 8-4 Passenger Airbag ON/OFF Switch...... 6-5 Reverse Parking Assistance System (RPAS) – Type 1(if Manual Temperature Control (MTC)...... 13-12 Passenger Occupant Detection System (PODS)...... 5-14 equipped)...... 10-8 Manual Type (if equipped)...... 8-6 Passenger Seat Head Restraint...... 5-5 Microphone ...... 8-25 Passenger Seat Recline...... 5-4 Minimum Fuel Requirement...... 14-20 Passenger Seat Slide...... 5-4 Mirrors...... 8-4 Pay Attention...... 10-5 Mood Lighting (if equipped) ...... 9-13 Plastic (Non-painted) Exterior Parts...... 17-18 S Power Outlet (12V) ...... 8-25 Power Window Lock Switch ...... 8-2 Safety Symbols...... 1-2 Power Windows ...... 8-1 Safety Tips - Before Starting Your Vehicle ...... 14-1 Protect your Warranty...... 17-2 Screen View Selection...... 11-8 N Search Function ...... 7-9 Seat Back/Magazine Pocket...... 8-14 Need Assistance?...... 17-2 Seat Belt Height Adjuster...... 5-14 Neutral Position ...... 14-11 Seat Belt Warning Lamp...... 9-28 Q Seat Side Airbag and Curtain Airbag (if equipped)...... 6-4 Self Removing SRS Related Parts ...... 6-12 Quadruple Switch ...... 8-1 SET - Button ...... 14-18 SET+ Button...... 14-18 O Sitting in Correct Position...... 5-1 Smart Key Alerts ...... 9-19 OBD Check Lamp...... 9-28 Smart Key Warning...... 7-20 Odometer...... 9-3 R Smart Power Window with Anti-Pinch (applicable for driver Off-Road Driving Precautions...... 14-5 door only) (if equipped) ...... 8-3 Oils, Fluids and Flushing ...... 17-3 Radial Ply Tyres...... 15-5 Snow Chains ...... 15-6 Operation of PAS ...... 10-4 Rear Defogging ...... 8-32 Spare Wheel Removal...... 2-18 Operation of RPAS ...... 10-9 Rear Fog Lamp ...... 8-34 Speedometer ...... 9-2 Operation of TPMS...... 15-8 Rear Fog Lamp (if equipped) ...... 9-24 Starting the Engine...... 14-2 Outside Ambient Temperature (if equipped)...... 9-7 Rear Overview ...... 3-2 Steering...... 12-1 Override Function ...... 14-19 Rear Seat...... 5-5 Steering Audio Operations...... 12-4 REAR VIEW CAMERA (RVC) (if equipped) ...... 11-1 Steering Controls - Audio ...... 12-4 Rear Wash ...... 8-39 Steering Lock Alerts (for W8/W8 (O) only) ...... 9-19 Rear Wiper-High Mode ...... 8-39 Steering Mode Control ...... 12-3 Rear Wiper-Low Mode ...... 8-38 Steering Mode Control Alerts...... 9-18 P Recommended Gear Shifting Speeds...... 14-12 Steering Mode Control Switch ...... 12-3 Recommended Placard Value ...... 15-13 Stopping the Engine...... 14-3 Paint Chips ...... 17-17 Remote Key Operating Range ...... 7-11 Storage Compartments...... 8-7, 8-10 Park Lamp...... 9-26 Remote key Status LED ...... 7-7 Suggestions for Obtaining Service for your Vehicle...... 17-2 Parking Assistance System (PAS) – RPAS & FPAS (If equipped) . . . . . 10-2 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System (if equipped)...... 7-7 Sun Glass Holder ...... 8-10 Alphabetical Index

Sun Visor and Ticket Holder...... 8-16 Uphill and Downhill Driving...... 14-15 Sunroof (if equipped...... 8-18 Sunroof Service Checking Procedure...... 8-22 Sunroof Sliding Operation...... 8-19 Sunroof Tilting Operation...... 8-20 V Vanity Mirror and Lamp (if equipped) ...... 8-17 Vehicle Condition Related Warning (W8/W8 (O) only) ...... 9-14 T Vehicle Does Not Start - Checks...... 16-1 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 2-9 Tachometer ...... 9-2 Vehicle Overheating...... 16-2 Tailgate Safety Release Lever...... 7-4 Vehicle Self Maintenance - General Precautions...... 17-4 Technical Specifications...... 2-25 Voice Command...... 14-18 Theft Alarm...... 7-8 Theft Detent Trigger...... 7-24 Theft Detent Warning System ...... 7-24 Thermal Protection ...... 7-10 Tilt Steering ...... 12-2 W Tips for Better Fuel Economy ...... 14-8 Tiretronics (if equipped) ...... 9-27, 15-8 W4/W6 instrument cluster screen flow...... 9-6 Tiretronics Learning ...... 15-10 W8/W8(O) Instrument Cluster screen flow...... 9-5 Tiretronics Learning Procedure ...... 15-11 Warning / Tell-tale Lamps in the Instrument Cluster ...... 9-22 Tiretronics Warning Lamp ...... 15-9 Warning for Child Restraint ...... 5-17 To Owners of a Mahindra Vehicle ...... 1-4 Warning Lamps ...... 4-4 Tool Kit ...... 2-17 Warning Lamps Overview ...... 4-2 Towing...... 16-7 Warning Triangle...... 2-17 Towing Equipment...... 16-8 Warranty Information ...... 17-2 Transmission...... 14-11 Washing the Exterior ...... 17-16 Tread Wear Indicators (TWI) ...... 15-5 Water-in-Fuel Warning Lamp (if equipped)...... 9-24 Trip Meter ...... 9-3 Welcome and Good Bye Indicators ...... 9-16 Turn Lamps ...... 9-24 Wheel Bolt Loosening ...... 2-20 Turn Signals...... 8-28 Wheel Tightness ...... 15-7 Tyre Direction Monitoring System (TDMS) ...... 9-17 Windows and Wiper Blades...... 17-18 Tyre Pressure...... 15-3 Windshield Washer Fluid Top-up ...... 17-13 Tyre Rotation Recommendations ...... 15-6 Windshield Washer Jet - Front & Rear ...... 8-40 Tyre Swap ...... 15-12 Windshield Wipers...... 8-36 Winter Care...... 17-21 Wipe/Wash ...... 8-37 Wiper Blades ...... 17-15 Wiper Control Stalk...... 8-36 U Wiper Off ...... 8-36 Underbody...... 17-20 Unfastening the Seat Belt (Both 3-Point & 2-Point) ...... 5-13